Update pot files for updated strings.
This commit is contained in:
parent
a7daae0e0e
commit
006e092a73
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image"
|
||||
@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. "
|
||||
"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and "
|
||||
"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine "
|
||||
"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported"
|
||||
" for three years)."
|
||||
"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version "
|
||||
"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a"
|
||||
" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 "
|
||||
"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still"
|
||||
" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support "
|
||||
"release supported until 2023."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Architectures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "amd64"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to "
|
||||
"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the "
|
||||
"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what "
|
||||
"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible "
|
||||
"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have "
|
||||
"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "i386"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers"
|
||||
" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, "
|
||||
"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is "
|
||||
"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new"
|
||||
" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
|
||||
"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
|
||||
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported "
|
||||
"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
|
||||
"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** "
|
||||
"which is a more modern environment."
|
||||
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but "
|
||||
"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long "
|
||||
"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop "
|
||||
"environment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of "
|
||||
"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or "
|
||||
@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to "
|
||||
"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are "
|
||||
@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Ways to download the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is "
|
||||
"made, you will need to download the image."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended "
|
||||
"for Windows and macOS users)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in "
|
||||
"this manual."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
|
||||
"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page "
|
||||
"<https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
|
||||
"<https://Lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
|
||||
"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, "
|
||||
"which has the files listed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
|
||||
"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most"
|
||||
" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a "
|
||||
@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"in the right direction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
|
||||
"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
|
||||
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause "
|
||||
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause "
|
||||
"massive frustration and a failed install."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
|
||||
"lubuntu 18.10"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and then carefully check that the output matches "
|
||||
"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
|
||||
"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a "
|
||||
"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and then check carefully the output matches "
|
||||
"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
|
||||
" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
|
||||
@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
|
||||
"`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
|
||||
@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Windows users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
|
||||
"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
|
||||
"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
|
||||
"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
|
||||
@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"decentralizing the download location for other users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
|
||||
"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
|
||||
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the "
|
||||
"last image was spun."
|
||||
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or "
|
||||
"difference since the last image was spun."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
|
||||
" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of "
|
||||
"either), run the following command in a terminal:"
|
||||
"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either,"
|
||||
" run the following command in a terminal:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
|
||||
"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
|
||||
"distributions:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "To download the image using zsync run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
|
||||
"Chapter 1.2.**"
|
||||
@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need "
|
||||
#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " provides support for several different "
|
||||
#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a "
|
||||
#~ "new version every six months (supported"
|
||||
#~ " for nine months), and every two "
|
||||
#~ "years being a long term support "
|
||||
#~ "release (supported for three years)."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Architectures"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "amd64"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The amd64 image will work with "
|
||||
#~ "most modern processors. The best way "
|
||||
#~ "to determine if your computer has "
|
||||
#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to"
|
||||
#~ " boot the image. It's the only "
|
||||
#~ "way that you will be able to "
|
||||
#~ "know for sure what architecture your "
|
||||
#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are "
|
||||
#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. "
|
||||
#~ "You may want to use an i386 "
|
||||
#~ "image instead if you have an amd64"
|
||||
#~ " processor with very low amounts of"
|
||||
#~ " RAM."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "i386"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture"
|
||||
#~ " that will work best on computers "
|
||||
#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and"
|
||||
#~ " processing power."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
|
||||
#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
|
||||
#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
|
||||
#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
|
||||
#~ "supported for three years after the "
|
||||
#~ "release date and does not contain "
|
||||
#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
|
||||
#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
|
||||
#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
|
||||
#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
|
||||
#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS "
|
||||
#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop "
|
||||
#~ "environment, which is the traditional "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 "
|
||||
#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more"
|
||||
#~ " modern environment."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "An easy download page which lists "
|
||||
#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
|
||||
#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's "
|
||||
#~ "Downloads page <https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, "
|
||||
#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need"
|
||||
#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com "
|
||||
#~ "<http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, which has "
|
||||
#~ "the files listed."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying"
|
||||
#~ " the image can lead to hours of"
|
||||
#~ " frustration with even the developers "
|
||||
#~ "quite confused what is happening with"
|
||||
#~ " your system. With just one bit "
|
||||
#~ "of the image flipped it will cause"
|
||||
#~ " massive frustration and a failed "
|
||||
#~ "install."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To do this the easiest way is "
|
||||
#~ "the command line is to run for "
|
||||
#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "and then carefully check that the "
|
||||
#~ "output matches "
|
||||
#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
|
||||
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "and then check carefully the output "
|
||||
#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 "
|
||||
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found "
|
||||
#~ "on our Downloads page or "
|
||||
#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "zsync is a convenient application that"
|
||||
#~ " will automatically verify the checksum "
|
||||
#~ "of the image once downloaded. The "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download "
|
||||
#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly "
|
||||
#~ "download the delta since the last "
|
||||
#~ "image was spun."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you are running Debian or "
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off "
|
||||
#~ "of either), run the following command"
|
||||
#~ " in a terminal:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4
|
||||
@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three "
|
||||
"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:"
|
||||
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two "
|
||||
"choices either"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "a DVD"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Writing/burning the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Writing/burning the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "K3b"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "InfraRecorder"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this "
|
||||
"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we "
|
||||
"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
|
||||
"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is "
|
||||
"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on"
|
||||
" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu"
|
||||
" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk "
|
||||
"Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-"
|
||||
"creator.html>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool developed by a "
|
||||
"Lubuntu team member."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of"
|
||||
" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
|
||||
"windows>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
|
||||
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
|
||||
"macos>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
msgid "Booting the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Booting the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your "
|
||||
"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you "
|
||||
"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but "
|
||||
"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide "
|
||||
"the answer."
|
||||
"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the "
|
||||
"answer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In order to boot the image, you"
|
||||
#~ " need to put it somewhere. You "
|
||||
#~ "have three choices, depending on which"
|
||||
#~ " image you downloaded:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or"
|
||||
#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of "
|
||||
#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has "
|
||||
#~ "several guides on this topic, and "
|
||||
#~ "we recommend you read them if you"
|
||||
#~ " plan on doing this."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "windows>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "For writing images to USB drives "
|
||||
#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool "
|
||||
#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
|
||||
#~ "stick on Windows "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
|
||||
#~ "on-windows>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
|
||||
#~ "stick on macOS "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
|
||||
#~ "on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Booting the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your"
|
||||
#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware "
|
||||
#~ "configuration, it may boot into the "
|
||||
#~ "image right away, or you might "
|
||||
#~ "need to press a key at startup "
|
||||
#~ "for boot options. This varies but "
|
||||
#~ "looking for documentation specific to "
|
||||
#~ "your hardware will likely provide the"
|
||||
#~ " answer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
|
||||
@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
|
||||
"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test "
|
||||
"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start "
|
||||
"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for "
|
||||
"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is "
|
||||
"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad "
|
||||
"media."
|
||||
"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check "
|
||||
"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot"
|
||||
" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start"
|
||||
" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has "
|
||||
"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check"
|
||||
" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-"
|
||||
"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use "
|
||||
"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on "
|
||||
"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press "
|
||||
":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language "
|
||||
"selection press :kbd:`F2`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu."
|
||||
" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-"
|
||||
"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
|
||||
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu "
|
||||
"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install "
|
||||
"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
|
||||
" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the "
|
||||
"language the next button will move you on to the next task."
|
||||
" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After "
|
||||
"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to "
|
||||
"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
|
||||
@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
|
||||
"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and "
|
||||
"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change "
|
||||
"your system language."
|
||||
"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and "
|
||||
"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have"
|
||||
" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window "
|
||||
"there is a place to change your system language and to change this "
|
||||
"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step "
|
||||
"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting "
|
||||
"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
|
||||
@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
|
||||
" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
|
||||
"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose "
|
||||
"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you "
|
||||
"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the "
|
||||
"installation."
|
||||
"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you "
|
||||
"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and "
|
||||
"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your "
|
||||
"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
|
||||
@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase "
|
||||
"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, "
|
||||
"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely "
|
||||
"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup."
|
||||
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all"
|
||||
" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this"
|
||||
" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue "
|
||||
"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select "
|
||||
"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter "
|
||||
"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly."
|
||||
" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it "
|
||||
"somewhere safe."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
|
||||
@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"please backup beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced "
|
||||
"partitioning section."
|
||||
"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount "
|
||||
"the swap. To do this run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "User Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own "
|
||||
"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the"
|
||||
" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your "
|
||||
"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
|
||||
"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
|
||||
"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
|
||||
"button to begin the installation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "The Install"
|
||||
"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if "
|
||||
"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward "
|
||||
"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to "
|
||||
"unmount all data partitions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
|
||||
"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to "
|
||||
"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
|
||||
"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`"
|
||||
" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Advanced partitioning"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "User Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
|
||||
" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
|
||||
"this case running"
|
||||
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your "
|
||||
"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your "
|
||||
"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put "
|
||||
"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what"
|
||||
" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter "
|
||||
"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account"
|
||||
" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. "
|
||||
"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, "
|
||||
"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked"
|
||||
" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the "
|
||||
"installation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to "
|
||||
"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install "
|
||||
"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go "
|
||||
"back` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "The Install"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted "
|
||||
"through pcmanfm-qt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Manual partitioning"
|
||||
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
|
||||
"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once"
|
||||
" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after "
|
||||
"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Manual partitioning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
|
||||
"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
|
||||
"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
|
||||
"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
|
||||
"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system "
|
||||
"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ "
|
||||
"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-"
|
||||
"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
|
||||
" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems "
|
||||
"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition "
|
||||
"Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for more"
|
||||
" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with"
|
||||
" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will"
|
||||
" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for "
|
||||
"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a "
|
||||
"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-"
|
||||
"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the "
|
||||
"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are "
|
||||
"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. "
|
||||
"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
|
||||
"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted "
|
||||
"at /home."
|
||||
"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New"
|
||||
" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have "
|
||||
"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying "
|
||||
"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` "
|
||||
"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary "
|
||||
"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID "
|
||||
"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized "
|
||||
"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning "
|
||||
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage "
|
||||
"device` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which "
|
||||
"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select"
|
||||
" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to "
|
||||
"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. "
|
||||
"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition "
|
||||
"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi "
|
||||
"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its "
|
||||
"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this "
|
||||
"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to "
|
||||
"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your "
|
||||
"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install "
|
||||
"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of "
|
||||
"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted "
|
||||
"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system "
|
||||
"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "finished."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "image, you will be greeted by a"
|
||||
#~ " screen with the following options: "
|
||||
#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
|
||||
#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first "
|
||||
#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
|
||||
#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now "
|
||||
#~ "be booting into a live session. "
|
||||
#~ "The Check disk for defects offers "
|
||||
#~ "a way to check integrity of the"
|
||||
#~ " disk image once it is burned "
|
||||
#~ "to the media please use this if"
|
||||
#~ " you have problems it could be "
|
||||
#~ "bad media."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once you have booted into the live"
|
||||
#~ " session, feel free to explore "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to "
|
||||
#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon"
|
||||
#~ " in the top-left corner of the"
|
||||
#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can "
|
||||
#~ "change the installer language in the "
|
||||
#~ "drop down box. After selecting the "
|
||||
#~ "language the next button will move "
|
||||
#~ "you on to the next task."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The next screen will show you a"
|
||||
#~ " map of the world where you can"
|
||||
#~ " choose your location. You location "
|
||||
#~ "will be used to set your time "
|
||||
#~ "zone and download server. On the "
|
||||
#~ "bottom of the window there is a"
|
||||
#~ " place to change your system "
|
||||
#~ "language."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you"
|
||||
#~ " can check your keyboard matches the"
|
||||
#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the"
|
||||
#~ " bottom you can type to make "
|
||||
#~ "sure your layout is correct. The "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose"
|
||||
#~ " different layouts and the right "
|
||||
#~ "column gets different variants. When you"
|
||||
#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, "
|
||||
#~ "move on to the next stage of "
|
||||
#~ "the installation."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on "
|
||||
#~ "your machine, you can select the "
|
||||
#~ "erase disk. This will format the "
|
||||
#~ "disk and **delete all data on the"
|
||||
#~ " disk**, which is why having your"
|
||||
#~ " data backed up before this point "
|
||||
#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose"
|
||||
#~ " to do this you can continue on"
|
||||
#~ " to user setup."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to perform advance "
|
||||
#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced "
|
||||
#~ "partitioning section."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The user setup section creates a "
|
||||
#~ "user profile, consisting of your own "
|
||||
#~ "name and the username you will use"
|
||||
#~ " to log in. The next input "
|
||||
#~ "field is the hostname of your "
|
||||
#~ "computer. The final field is your "
|
||||
#~ "password. Enter your password twice to"
|
||||
#~ " make sure you have not mistyped "
|
||||
#~ "it. Pressing the next button will "
|
||||
#~ "give you a summary screen, showing "
|
||||
#~ "you the settings before the install "
|
||||
#~ "begins. Once you have checked the "
|
||||
#~ "summary click the install button to "
|
||||
#~ "begin the installation."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some "
|
||||
#~ "useful information while the installer "
|
||||
#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed"
|
||||
#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot "
|
||||
#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed "
|
||||
#~ "and is now finished."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you have had a previous linux"
|
||||
#~ " install and want to put the "
|
||||
#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
|
||||
#~ "entire partition you will need to "
|
||||
#~ "unmount them. In this case running"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "will unmount them and any partitions "
|
||||
#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted "
|
||||
#~ "through pcmanfm-qt."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
|
||||
#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you"
|
||||
#~ " will have to choose which file-"
|
||||
#~ "system you want. A file-system "
|
||||
#~ "controls how your files are accessed "
|
||||
#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If"
|
||||
#~ " you are booting your computer in "
|
||||
#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware "
|
||||
#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to"
|
||||
#~ " create an EFI system partition see"
|
||||
#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia "
|
||||
#~ "<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for "
|
||||
#~ "more detail to create this partition "
|
||||
#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system"
|
||||
#~ " with the ESP flag with to be"
|
||||
#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the "
|
||||
#~ "mount point. You will also need a"
|
||||
#~ " root (/) file-system, several "
|
||||
#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are "
|
||||
#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can create partition by clicking "
|
||||
#~ "the button which will bring up a"
|
||||
#~ " dialog. The file system field is "
|
||||
#~ "a drop down menu, select which "
|
||||
#~ "file-system you want. You also need"
|
||||
#~ " to select where you want to "
|
||||
#~ "mount the partition. which you need "
|
||||
#~ "at least one root (/) partition "
|
||||
#~ "and if you are booting an EFI "
|
||||
#~ "system you will also need a "
|
||||
#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common"
|
||||
#~ " option is to have all your "
|
||||
#~ "data on its own partition, which "
|
||||
#~ "can even be on its own separate"
|
||||
#~ " physical disk this can be mounted"
|
||||
#~ " at /home."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
|
||||
"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
|
||||
"computer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter will show you how to"
|
||||
#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your"
|
||||
#~ " computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox"
|
||||
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Tab browsing"
|
||||
msgid "Tabbed browsing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11
|
||||
@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
|
||||
"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
|
||||
"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
|
||||
" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
|
||||
" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing "
|
||||
"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last "
|
||||
"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that "
|
||||
"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view "
|
||||
"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library "
|
||||
"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history "
|
||||
"sidebar you can search through your history where it says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the "
|
||||
"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the"
|
||||
" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were "
|
||||
"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to"
|
||||
" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the "
|
||||
"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
|
||||
"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in"
|
||||
" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on"
|
||||
" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where "
|
||||
"you want."
|
||||
"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the"
|
||||
" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were "
|
||||
"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go "
|
||||
"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from "
|
||||
"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + "
|
||||
"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you "
|
||||
"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local "
|
||||
"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will "
|
||||
"get a dialog box to show where to save it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the "
|
||||
"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste"
|
||||
" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste "
|
||||
"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately"
|
||||
" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to"
|
||||
" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to "
|
||||
"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
|
||||
"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`."
|
||||
" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click"
|
||||
" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing "
|
||||
"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click"
|
||||
" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy "
|
||||
"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead "
|
||||
"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your "
|
||||
"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on"
|
||||
" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible "
|
||||
"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar"
|
||||
" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can "
|
||||
"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search "
|
||||
"Tabs`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up "
|
||||
"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way "
|
||||
"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the "
|
||||
"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main "
|
||||
"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it "
|
||||
"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or "
|
||||
"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page "
|
||||
"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type "
|
||||
"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to"
|
||||
" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the "
|
||||
"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % "
|
||||
"and then what you want to type in the address bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
|
||||
" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
|
||||
"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
|
||||
"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
|
||||
"bookmark you want."
|
||||
"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right "
|
||||
"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text "
|
||||
"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
|
||||
"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen "
|
||||
"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two "
|
||||
"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be "
|
||||
"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse"
|
||||
" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type"
|
||||
" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` "
|
||||
"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
|
||||
"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
|
||||
"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
|
||||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are "
|
||||
"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a "
|
||||
"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click"
|
||||
" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a"
|
||||
" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move "
|
||||
"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right "
|
||||
"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to "
|
||||
"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move"
|
||||
" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current "
|
||||
"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. "
|
||||
"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close"
|
||||
" Tab`."
|
||||
"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
|
||||
"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you "
|
||||
"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press "
|
||||
":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it"
|
||||
" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute "
|
||||
"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right "
|
||||
"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To "
|
||||
"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to"
|
||||
" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. "
|
||||
"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private "
|
||||
"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right "
|
||||
"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the "
|
||||
"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close"
|
||||
" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type "
|
||||
"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored "
|
||||
"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences"
|
||||
" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you "
|
||||
"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links "
|
||||
"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The "
|
||||
"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it "
|
||||
"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button "
|
||||
"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save "
|
||||
"downloads or always ask to save files."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
|
||||
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
|
||||
"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
|
||||
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or "
|
||||
"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` "
|
||||
"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by "
|
||||
"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have "
|
||||
"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows"
|
||||
" site that you have saved or visited recently."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on "
|
||||
"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
|
||||
"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
|
||||
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
|
||||
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into "
|
||||
"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+X`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox "
|
||||
"Quantum."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type "
|
||||
"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu "
|
||||
"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart "
|
||||
"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. "
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores "
|
||||
"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has"
|
||||
" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` "
|
||||
"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a "
|
||||
"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you "
|
||||
"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads "
|
||||
"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
|
||||
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
|
||||
"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
|
||||
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you "
|
||||
"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle "
|
||||
"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites "
|
||||
"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change "
|
||||
"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
|
||||
"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored "
|
||||
"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or "
|
||||
"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the"
|
||||
" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on "
|
||||
"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
|
||||
"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
|
||||
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
|
||||
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up "
|
||||
"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings"
|
||||
" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection "
|
||||
"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to"
|
||||
" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you"
|
||||
" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you "
|
||||
"may lose accesss to online accounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently "
|
||||
"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of "
|
||||
"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies "
|
||||
"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not "
|
||||
"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and "
|
||||
"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved "
|
||||
"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain "
|
||||
"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
|
||||
"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
|
||||
"type and run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have"
|
||||
" firefox directly open this manual with"
|
||||
"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have"
|
||||
" Firefox directly open this manual with"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the"
|
||||
" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox "
|
||||
"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the "
|
||||
"browser button on your keyboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
|
||||
@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "the browser."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Tab browsing"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a new tab in firefox "
|
||||
#~ "press the plus button on the right"
|
||||
#~ " of the tab bar or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab"
|
||||
#~ " press the button with an x on"
|
||||
#~ " the right side of the tab or"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
|
||||
#~ " new window in browsing press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing"
|
||||
#~ " history press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a stack of books with the"
|
||||
#~ " last one at the end the third"
|
||||
#~ " item down will show you history "
|
||||
#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view "
|
||||
#~ "your downloaded files press the button"
|
||||
#~ " that looks like three stacked books"
|
||||
#~ " with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To go back to a previous page "
|
||||
#~ "in firefox press the button pointing "
|
||||
#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page"
|
||||
#~ " you were previously at in a "
|
||||
#~ "new tab middle click the back "
|
||||
#~ "button. To go forward to a page"
|
||||
#~ " you have visited before but have "
|
||||
#~ "now gone back from press the "
|
||||
#~ "button with the arrow pointing to "
|
||||
#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
|
||||
#~ "Middle click on the forward button "
|
||||
#~ "to open the page you went back "
|
||||
#~ "from in a new tab. To download "
|
||||
#~ "a file directly to your local disk"
|
||||
#~ " right click on the save file "
|
||||
#~ "as and then you will get options"
|
||||
#~ " to save the file where you "
|
||||
#~ "want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To go to a specific url in "
|
||||
#~ "the address bar you can type it"
|
||||
#~ " in the the main bar in the "
|
||||
#~ "middle. If you have a url in "
|
||||
#~ "your clipboard you can paste it "
|
||||
#~ "here or into the address bar right"
|
||||
#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`."
|
||||
#~ " Or if you right click into the"
|
||||
#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go"
|
||||
#~ " to the page and type in a "
|
||||
#~ "sub page right click paste and "
|
||||
#~ "then type to go a specific sub "
|
||||
#~ "page of the same site and then "
|
||||
#~ "press enter to go to the page. "
|
||||
#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor "
|
||||
#~ "will select the address bar."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " +D` or Press the button with "
|
||||
#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one "
|
||||
#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks "
|
||||
#~ "and bookmark this page. To access "
|
||||
#~ "the bookmark again press that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like three vertical lines and a "
|
||||
#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then "
|
||||
#~ "select the bookmark you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To zoom in if you find the "
|
||||
#~ "text on a web page to small "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to zoom out on the text "
|
||||
#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`."
|
||||
#~ " To reset to the original zoom "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make "
|
||||
#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox"
|
||||
#~ " right click the main toolbar and "
|
||||
#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu "
|
||||
#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one "
|
||||
#~ "you are not on right click on "
|
||||
#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. "
|
||||
#~ "To mute a tab even when you "
|
||||
#~ "are not on it you can right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the tab and then select"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a "
|
||||
#~ "new copy of a tab right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the tab bar and then select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a "
|
||||
#~ "tab all the way to the left "
|
||||
#~ "right click on the tab "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to "
|
||||
#~ "start`. To move a tab all the "
|
||||
#~ "way to the right right click on"
|
||||
#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move "
|
||||
#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a"
|
||||
#~ " new window right click on the "
|
||||
#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> "
|
||||
#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to bookmark a tab right click "
|
||||
#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. "
|
||||
#~ "To close tabs to the right of "
|
||||
#~ "the current tab right click on the"
|
||||
#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to "
|
||||
#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab"
|
||||
#~ " right click on a tab and "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to view your firefox"
|
||||
#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences"
|
||||
#~ " into the address bar. To have "
|
||||
#~ "your seession restored each time you "
|
||||
#~ "restart firefox is on the general "
|
||||
#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to "
|
||||
#~ "press restore previous session. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous "
|
||||
#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when"
|
||||
#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section"
|
||||
#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open "
|
||||
#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new"
|
||||
#~ " windows which is checked by default."
|
||||
#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you "
|
||||
#~ "open a link a new tab switch "
|
||||
#~ "to it immediately` switches to new "
|
||||
#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio"
|
||||
#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you have a static location to"
|
||||
#~ " save downloads or always ask to "
|
||||
#~ "save files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` "
|
||||
#~ "has settings for your home and "
|
||||
#~ "opening of new tabs. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop "
|
||||
#~ "down lets you select the firefox "
|
||||
#~ "home or a blank page when you "
|
||||
#~ "first open the browser. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you "
|
||||
#~ "choose firefox home or blank page "
|
||||
#~ "when you open a new tab. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you "
|
||||
#~ "toggle whther to show a web search"
|
||||
#~ " on the firefox homepage. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the "
|
||||
#~ "sites you visit the most. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
|
||||
#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. "
|
||||
#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories"
|
||||
#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox allows site that you have "
|
||||
#~ "saved or visited recently."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To manage your search settings use "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. "
|
||||
#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search "
|
||||
#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a "
|
||||
#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated"
|
||||
#~ " search bar for search and "
|
||||
#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search "
|
||||
#~ "Engine` lets you change your default "
|
||||
#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to "
|
||||
#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "I to copy text in firefox press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text "
|
||||
#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To"
|
||||
#~ " cut text in firefox press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest"
|
||||
#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. "
|
||||
#~ "You can also from the command line"
|
||||
#~ " have firefox directly open this "
|
||||
#~ "manual with"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
|
||||
msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
|
||||
"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
|
||||
" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
|
||||
" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
|
||||
"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
|
||||
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others."
|
||||
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other "
|
||||
"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will "
|
||||
"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the"
|
||||
" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start "
|
||||
"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
|
||||
"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
|
||||
"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all "
|
||||
"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press "
|
||||
"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again."
|
||||
"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can "
|
||||
"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. "
|
||||
"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a "
|
||||
"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File"
|
||||
" --> Start All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
|
||||
":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
|
||||
@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` "
|
||||
"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` "
|
||||
"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are "
|
||||
"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show "
|
||||
"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show "
|
||||
"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error "
|
||||
"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go"
|
||||
" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
|
||||
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
|
||||
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press"
|
||||
" the same thing again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
|
||||
@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on"
|
||||
" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio "
|
||||
"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->"
|
||||
" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current "
|
||||
"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your "
|
||||
"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> "
|
||||
"Session Transfer`."
|
||||
"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. "
|
||||
"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> "
|
||||
"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the"
|
||||
" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a "
|
||||
"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to "
|
||||
"Bottom`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the "
|
||||
"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change "
|
||||
"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe "
|
||||
"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the "
|
||||
"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view "
|
||||
"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button "
|
||||
"--> Session Transfer`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Torrent Properties"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you"
|
||||
" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both "
|
||||
"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row "
|
||||
"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your "
|
||||
"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently "
|
||||
"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for"
|
||||
" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your "
|
||||
"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes "
|
||||
"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first "
|
||||
"downloaded this torrent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the "
|
||||
"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer"
|
||||
" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data "
|
||||
"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see "
|
||||
"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. "
|
||||
"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is "
|
||||
"being tracked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. "
|
||||
"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the"
|
||||
" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of"
|
||||
" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` "
|
||||
"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` "
|
||||
"column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
|
||||
"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run"
|
||||
"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with "
|
||||
"a double pointed vertical arrow."
|
||||
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection "
|
||||
"lever in a car."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`"
|
||||
" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit "
|
||||
"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the "
|
||||
"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with "
|
||||
"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To "
|
||||
"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. "
|
||||
"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to"
|
||||
" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your "
|
||||
"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which "
|
||||
"days of the week to throttle torrenting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for "
|
||||
"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where "
|
||||
"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at "
|
||||
"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To "
|
||||
"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how "
|
||||
"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of "
|
||||
"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to "
|
||||
"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file"
|
||||
" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete "
|
||||
"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the "
|
||||
"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then "
|
||||
"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from."
|
||||
" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start "
|
||||
"added torrents` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a "
|
||||
"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` "
|
||||
"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if "
|
||||
"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop "
|
||||
"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the "
|
||||
"torrent is idle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` "
|
||||
"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to"
|
||||
" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming "
|
||||
"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming "
|
||||
"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test "
|
||||
"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each "
|
||||
"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` "
|
||||
"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of "
|
||||
"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`"
|
||||
" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray"
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle "
|
||||
"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show"
|
||||
" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a "
|
||||
"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound "
|
||||
"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when "
|
||||
"torrents finish` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
|
||||
@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a torrent file press the"
|
||||
#~ " open or simply double clicking the"
|
||||
#~ " torrent file from a web browser "
|
||||
#~ "after opening it will start "
|
||||
#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will "
|
||||
#~ "start download and using your connection"
|
||||
#~ " to upload to others in a so"
|
||||
#~ " called peer to peer network. At "
|
||||
#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow"
|
||||
#~ " pointing downward to show how fast"
|
||||
#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow"
|
||||
#~ " shows how fast you are seeding "
|
||||
#~ "or uploading the file to others."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The button with two || circled is"
|
||||
#~ " a pause button that can pause "
|
||||
#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start "
|
||||
#~ "downloading and uploading again to press"
|
||||
#~ " a button with a triangle to "
|
||||
#~ "start uploading and downloading again."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want have a move compact"
|
||||
#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
|
||||
#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to deprioitize the "
|
||||
#~ "speed of your torrents press the "
|
||||
#~ "button on the bottom of transmission "
|
||||
#~ "that looks like a turtle. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the raio view on the bottom"
|
||||
#~ " to your total changes "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total "
|
||||
#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download "
|
||||
#~ "ratio in the current session "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session "
|
||||
#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from "
|
||||
#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe"
|
||||
#~ " button --> Session Transfer`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` "
|
||||
#~ "bittorent client or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a silver box outlined in red"
|
||||
#~ " with a double pointed vertical "
|
||||
#~ "arrow."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
|
||||
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel"
|
||||
" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major"
|
||||
" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android "
|
||||
"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, "
|
||||
"but also ubiquitous available."
|
||||
"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat"
|
||||
" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting "
|
||||
"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®"
|
||||
" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers "
|
||||
"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
|
||||
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
|
||||
msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
|
||||
@ -62,119 +62,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
|
||||
"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
|
||||
"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
|
||||
"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
|
||||
"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you "
|
||||
"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start"
|
||||
" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by "
|
||||
"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to "
|
||||
"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just "
|
||||
"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down "
|
||||
"to view newer messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select "
|
||||
"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where"
|
||||
" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel "
|
||||
"or use the join button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which "
|
||||
"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
|
||||
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
|
||||
"desktop if you are in another window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
|
||||
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
|
||||
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
|
||||
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
|
||||
"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input "
|
||||
"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto "
|
||||
"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the"
|
||||
" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
|
||||
"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
|
||||
"where you autoidentify."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
|
||||
"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will"
|
||||
" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
|
||||
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
|
||||
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
|
||||
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Meta +A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
|
||||
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see "
|
||||
"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your "
|
||||
"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
|
||||
" copy link adress."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the "
|
||||
"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin"
|
||||
" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between "
|
||||
"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after "
|
||||
"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to "
|
||||
"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to "
|
||||
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
|
||||
" unlimited number of checkboxes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To "
|
||||
"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the "
|
||||
"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and "
|
||||
"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View "
|
||||
"--> Chat lists --> All chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left "
|
||||
"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`,"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If "
|
||||
"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name "
|
||||
"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to "
|
||||
"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else "
|
||||
"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear "
|
||||
"highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Quassel`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
|
||||
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
|
||||
@ -182,46 +81,248 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"click on the channel name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`."
|
||||
" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, "
|
||||
"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), "
|
||||
"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the "
|
||||
"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from"
|
||||
" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it"
|
||||
" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have "
|
||||
"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat "
|
||||
"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide "
|
||||
"Chats(s) Permanently`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel "
|
||||
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide "
|
||||
"people joining right click on the list of channel list "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the "
|
||||
"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> "
|
||||
"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel "
|
||||
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing "
|
||||
"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide "
|
||||
"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events "
|
||||
"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right "
|
||||
"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode "
|
||||
"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on "
|
||||
"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However "
|
||||
"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you "
|
||||
"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events "
|
||||
"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected "
|
||||
"to it right click on the server name and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and "
|
||||
"want to connect to it right click on it and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can "
|
||||
"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to "
|
||||
"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server "
|
||||
"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a "
|
||||
"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide "
|
||||
"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way "
|
||||
"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and "
|
||||
"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and "
|
||||
"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the "
|
||||
"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
|
||||
"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to "
|
||||
"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the "
|
||||
"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press "
|
||||
"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the "
|
||||
"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel"
|
||||
" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has "
|
||||
"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
|
||||
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
|
||||
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Meta +A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which"
|
||||
" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
|
||||
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
|
||||
"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell "
|
||||
"you when midnight and the date of the new day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click"
|
||||
" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change"
|
||||
" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when "
|
||||
"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the"
|
||||
" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text "
|
||||
"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` "
|
||||
"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your "
|
||||
"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual "
|
||||
"Size`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
|
||||
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
|
||||
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
|
||||
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL "
|
||||
"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can"
|
||||
" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. "
|
||||
"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be "
|
||||
"different on different servers and put your password in where you "
|
||||
"autoidentify."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`"
|
||||
" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each"
|
||||
" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` "
|
||||
"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin "
|
||||
"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to "
|
||||
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
|
||||
"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select"
|
||||
" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
|
||||
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
"rule you created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
|
||||
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click"
|
||||
" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right"
|
||||
" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the"
|
||||
" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in."
|
||||
" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All "
|
||||
"chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu"
|
||||
" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client "
|
||||
"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel "
|
||||
"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your "
|
||||
"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client"
|
||||
" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you "
|
||||
"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu "
|
||||
"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
|
||||
" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in"
|
||||
" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in"
|
||||
" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
|
||||
" close button`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want "
|
||||
"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. "
|
||||
"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting "
|
||||
"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker "
|
||||
"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line "
|
||||
"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
|
||||
"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for"
|
||||
" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around "
|
||||
"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender "
|
||||
"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
|
||||
"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
|
||||
"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To "
|
||||
"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle"
|
||||
" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each "
|
||||
"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up"
|
||||
" the specific color for that kind of message."
|
||||
"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. "
|
||||
"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow "
|
||||
"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on "
|
||||
"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many"
|
||||
" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the "
|
||||
"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To "
|
||||
"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
|
||||
"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
|
||||
@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"changes the color of nicks of Away users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
|
||||
"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
|
||||
@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
|
||||
"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
|
||||
"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line "
|
||||
"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC "
|
||||
"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the "
|
||||
"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`"
|
||||
" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's "
|
||||
"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` "
|
||||
"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this"
|
||||
" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. "
|
||||
"To change the default language for you spell check use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting "
|
||||
"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox."
|
||||
" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have"
|
||||
" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two "
|
||||
"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together "
|
||||
"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` "
|
||||
"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` "
|
||||
"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be "
|
||||
"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle "
|
||||
"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive "
|
||||
"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a"
|
||||
" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remove` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be "
|
||||
"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog "
|
||||
"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed "
|
||||
"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change "
|
||||
"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which"
|
||||
" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message "
|
||||
"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`,"
|
||||
" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it "
|
||||
"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the "
|
||||
"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup"
|
||||
" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`"
|
||||
" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the"
|
||||
" taskbar entry appear highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||||
"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` "
|
||||
"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do "
|
||||
"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your"
|
||||
" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your "
|
||||
"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
|
||||
"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> "
|
||||
"Quassel IRC` or type"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75
|
||||
msgid "in the terminal."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a "
|
||||
"white crescent on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-"
|
||||
#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable"
|
||||
#~ " chatting experience to all major "
|
||||
#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and "
|
||||
#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android "
|
||||
#~ "smartphones), making communication with your"
|
||||
#~ " peers not only convenient, but also"
|
||||
#~ " ubiquitous available."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To chat on irc you need to "
|
||||
#~ "connect to a server and join a "
|
||||
#~ "channel. This can be done with the"
|
||||
#~ " join button or by typing \"/join "
|
||||
#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or "
|
||||
#~ "private message directly to someone type"
|
||||
#~ " \"/query\" username or right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the user list and select start"
|
||||
#~ " query. If you wish to view "
|
||||
#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll"
|
||||
#~ " down to view newer messages."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat "
|
||||
#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) "
|
||||
#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC "
|
||||
#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel "
|
||||
#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 "
|
||||
#~ "is the channel name), right click "
|
||||
#~ "the network and select join channel "
|
||||
#~ "or use the join button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In Quasel if someone says your "
|
||||
#~ "name you are said to be "
|
||||
#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make"
|
||||
#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod "
|
||||
#~ "color over the line of text with"
|
||||
#~ " your name on it. The notification"
|
||||
#~ " will also be shown on your "
|
||||
#~ "desktop if you are in another "
|
||||
#~ "window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin"
|
||||
#~ " to an account no matter which "
|
||||
#~ "nickname you want to use "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> "
|
||||
#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a "
|
||||
#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on "
|
||||
#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
|
||||
#~ "Enter your username on the IRC "
|
||||
#~ "network in the username text field. "
|
||||
#~ "Input your password into the password"
|
||||
#~ " field so that you know how to"
|
||||
#~ " auto identifify. You can also "
|
||||
#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by "
|
||||
#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is"
|
||||
#~ " a sensible default for what the "
|
||||
#~ "services is but it may be "
|
||||
#~ "different on different servers and put"
|
||||
#~ " your password in where you "
|
||||
#~ "autoidentify."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To ignore a really annoying user "
|
||||
#~ "you can on the nicks bar on "
|
||||
#~ "the right hand side right click "
|
||||
#~ "ignore and then select a user to"
|
||||
#~ " ingore so you will not hear "
|
||||
#~ "them in irc. If you realize you"
|
||||
#~ " want to talk to them again "
|
||||
#~ "Right click the same username and "
|
||||
#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
#~ "rule you created. You also can "
|
||||
#~ "switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up"
|
||||
#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to "
|
||||
#~ "move down. To go to the next "
|
||||
#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` "
|
||||
#~ "or to go to the previous active"
|
||||
#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump "
|
||||
#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta "
|
||||
#~ "+A`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To type a message to an entire "
|
||||
#~ "channel type into the bar at the"
|
||||
#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete"
|
||||
#~ " typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name."
|
||||
#~ " To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If "
|
||||
#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you"
|
||||
#~ " can left click on the link to"
|
||||
#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is"
|
||||
#~ " if you want to copy the link"
|
||||
#~ " right click on it and copy "
|
||||
#~ "link adress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to have settings for"
|
||||
#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Network --> Configure network` and "
|
||||
#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox"
|
||||
#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically "
|
||||
#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected."
|
||||
#~ " The wait filed shows how long "
|
||||
#~ "to between the retries between each "
|
||||
#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all "
|
||||
#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you "
|
||||
#~ "rejoin all of your channels without "
|
||||
#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The "
|
||||
#~ "number of retries is how many "
|
||||
#~ "times to retry to connect before "
|
||||
#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number"
|
||||
#~ " of retries click the unlimited "
|
||||
#~ "number of checkboxes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add close the list of nicknames"
|
||||
#~ " or channels press the X button. "
|
||||
#~ "To reopen the view of nicks "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close "
|
||||
#~ "the list of all chats press the"
|
||||
#~ " X button to close a list of"
|
||||
#~ " all channel and private messages you"
|
||||
#~ " are in. To reopen it press the"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->"
|
||||
#~ " All chats`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make your chat full screen "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your settings on your "
|
||||
#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event "
|
||||
#~ "to change your settings left click "
|
||||
#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`,"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When "
|
||||
#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If"
|
||||
#~ " you do not know what highlight "
|
||||
#~ "is it is when someone mentions "
|
||||
#~ "your name in a channel. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows "
|
||||
#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound"
|
||||
#~ " in the context. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` "
|
||||
#~ "creates a popup notification when "
|
||||
#~ "someone else mentions you. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message"
|
||||
#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark "
|
||||
#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry"
|
||||
#~ " appear highlighted."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select all of your Settings for"
|
||||
#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
|
||||
#~ " Quassel`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the"
|
||||
#~ " client style for the widget of "
|
||||
#~ "quassel choose a widget style from "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down "
|
||||
#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray"
|
||||
#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "be able to close the quassel "
|
||||
#~ "window and still have quassel running"
|
||||
#~ " in the system tray to bring it"
|
||||
#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to"
|
||||
#~ " tray on close button`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has "
|
||||
#~ "settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat "
|
||||
#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
|
||||
#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then "
|
||||
#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to "
|
||||
#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if"
|
||||
#~ " you want colored text press/unpress "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in"
|
||||
#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. "
|
||||
#~ "To toggle setting marker line when "
|
||||
#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when"
|
||||
#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set"
|
||||
#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
|
||||
#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "loses focus` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the Colors of your user"
|
||||
#~ " interface on Quassel check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there"
|
||||
#~ " are many buttons for each different"
|
||||
#~ " kind of message which you can "
|
||||
#~ "press the buton that all bring up"
|
||||
#~ " the specific color for that kind "
|
||||
#~ "of message."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for what you tab to type into "
|
||||
#~ "chanels or private messages. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
#~ "thing to activate your own custom "
|
||||
#~ "font for just input and press the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. "
|
||||
#~ "To have per chat history check the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick"
|
||||
#~ " selector` puts a widget in the "
|
||||
#~ "lower left corner of the window to"
|
||||
#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons"
|
||||
#~ " that style your text hidden in "
|
||||
#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable"
|
||||
#~ " line wrapping when you type a "
|
||||
#~ "long line in the input box check"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "in the terminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil"
|
||||
@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for "
|
||||
"lubuntu."
|
||||
"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for "
|
||||
"Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Pairing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled "
|
||||
"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show "
|
||||
"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`next`."
|
||||
". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main "
|
||||
"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click "
|
||||
"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Sending files"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file "
|
||||
"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press "
|
||||
"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
|
||||
"files to transfer."
|
||||
"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If "
|
||||
"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does"
|
||||
" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgid "Sending files"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command "
|
||||
"line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send "
|
||||
"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a "
|
||||
"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the "
|
||||
"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to "
|
||||
"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the "
|
||||
"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` "
|
||||
"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the "
|
||||
"file transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
|
||||
#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a"
|
||||
#~ " device from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. "
|
||||
#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will "
|
||||
#~ "be asked to enable it. In the "
|
||||
#~ "main part of the window will show"
|
||||
#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on "
|
||||
#~ "the device you wish to add and "
|
||||
#~ "press :guilabel:`next`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To send a file to another device"
|
||||
#~ " after pairing with the device "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send "
|
||||
#~ "file` to open the file sending "
|
||||
#~ "dialog. Then select the device you "
|
||||
#~ "want to send a file to. Press "
|
||||
#~ "the button with the upward pointing "
|
||||
#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of "
|
||||
#~ "which files to transfer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita"
|
||||
@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with "
|
||||
"trojita."
|
||||
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method "
|
||||
"with Trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
|
||||
"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
|
||||
"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
|
||||
"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your "
|
||||
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion "
|
||||
"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your "
|
||||
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption "
|
||||
"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
|
||||
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access "
|
||||
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to "
|
||||
"send to the email server."
|
||||
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access "
|
||||
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which "
|
||||
"username to send to the email server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
|
||||
@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the "
|
||||
"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages "
|
||||
"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
|
||||
"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
|
||||
"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
|
||||
" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
|
||||
"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
|
||||
"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
|
||||
"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Send` button."
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to "
|
||||
"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. "
|
||||
"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose "
|
||||
"Mail --> Edit Draft...`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in"
|
||||
"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in"
|
||||
" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
|
||||
"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
|
||||
"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
|
||||
"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
|
||||
"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
|
||||
"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
|
||||
"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
|
||||
" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
|
||||
"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
|
||||
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab."
|
||||
"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
|
||||
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes "
|
||||
"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita"
|
||||
" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the "
|
||||
"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita."
|
||||
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita."
|
||||
" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
|
||||
" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
|
||||
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`."
|
||||
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To "
|
||||
"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field "
|
||||
"to select the number of days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
|
||||
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key."
|
||||
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a"
|
||||
" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
|
||||
"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from "
|
||||
"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show"
|
||||
" you information about each different email you have received. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what "
|
||||
"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending "
|
||||
"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent "
|
||||
"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email "
|
||||
"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an "
|
||||
"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it "
|
||||
"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
|
||||
"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
|
||||
"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
|
||||
"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
|
||||
"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
|
||||
"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
|
||||
"Descending`."
|
||||
"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
|
||||
"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
|
||||
"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
|
||||
" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
|
||||
" dialog to save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` "
|
||||
"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the "
|
||||
"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which"
|
||||
" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column "
|
||||
"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the "
|
||||
"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View "
|
||||
"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again "
|
||||
"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the "
|
||||
"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you"
|
||||
" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send "
|
||||
"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no "
|
||||
"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the"
|
||||
" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system "
|
||||
"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom "
|
||||
"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita "
|
||||
"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. "
|
||||
"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and "
|
||||
"have the number of unread messages on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "run trojita from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you"
|
||||
#~ " cannot access your email that way"
|
||||
#~ " with trojita."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use trojita you will need to"
|
||||
#~ " input your account information. You "
|
||||
#~ "will need to type in your name "
|
||||
#~ "so people know what call you and"
|
||||
#~ " the email address so trojita needs"
|
||||
#~ " to know what address to get "
|
||||
#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab "
|
||||
#~ "haas settings for how to get "
|
||||
#~ "messages to your machine. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind"
|
||||
#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing"
|
||||
#~ " your mail as needed for your "
|
||||
#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field"
|
||||
#~ " is where you input what server "
|
||||
#~ "to get your email from. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network"
|
||||
#~ " port to access the server on. "
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which"
|
||||
#~ " username to send to the email "
|
||||
#~ "server."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To send an email to someone press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap "
|
||||
#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. "
|
||||
#~ "Then you will bring up a compose"
|
||||
#~ " mail window. Type the email address"
|
||||
#~ " of the person you want to type"
|
||||
#~ " the address where it says "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your"
|
||||
#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line."
|
||||
#~ " In the main part of the "
|
||||
#~ "message called the body is where "
|
||||
#~ "you will add most of your message."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to attach a file"
|
||||
#~ " to your email press the button "
|
||||
#~ "with the paperclip on it that says"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message"
|
||||
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your messages on trojita "
|
||||
#~ "to see new messages you have "
|
||||
#~ "recieved in your inbox left click "
|
||||
#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the"
|
||||
#~ " center of the window will show "
|
||||
#~ "a list of all messages in your "
|
||||
#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in"
|
||||
#~ " bold. To view a message left "
|
||||
#~ "click on the title and subject of"
|
||||
#~ " the window and it will appear "
|
||||
#~ "at the bottom. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "open this email in a popup window"
|
||||
#~ " of its own double click the "
|
||||
#~ "message title. If you recieve an "
|
||||
#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip "
|
||||
#~ "will appear on the message and "
|
||||
#~ "click that to download the attachment"
|
||||
#~ " or open it directly. To switch "
|
||||
#~ "from text to html view click the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back "
|
||||
#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`"
|
||||
#~ " tab."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Your different folders are on a "
|
||||
#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of"
|
||||
#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder"
|
||||
#~ " such as sent mail to view your"
|
||||
#~ " sent messages left click on the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this "
|
||||
#~ "case. To switch to the drafts "
|
||||
#~ "folder left click where it says "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move to the next unread message"
|
||||
#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to "
|
||||
#~ "move to the previous message press "
|
||||
#~ "the :kbd:`p` key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To reply to a message to just "
|
||||
#~ "the person that sent it press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To"
|
||||
#~ " forward an email to someone else "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To manually check for new messages "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new "
|
||||
#~ "messages`. To hide read messages "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`"
|
||||
#~ " and uncheck this to see read "
|
||||
#~ "messages again. To view newest messages"
|
||||
#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->"
|
||||
#~ " Sorting --> Descending`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch an address book of saved"
|
||||
#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address "
|
||||
#~ "Book`. To add a new message to "
|
||||
#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. "
|
||||
#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe "
|
||||
#~ "click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
#~ " optional. If you press the X "
|
||||
#~ "button and have changes you will "
|
||||
#~ "bring up a dialog to save the "
|
||||
#~ "changes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch trojita from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the"
|
||||
#~ " icon that looks like an envolope "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
|
||||
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
|
||||
"clients."
|
||||
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent"
|
||||
" clients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter documents how to use "
|
||||
#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
|
||||
#~ "clients."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are "
|
||||
"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used "
|
||||
"files."
|
||||
"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In "
|
||||
"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and "
|
||||
"your recently used files."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main "
|
||||
"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file "
|
||||
"dialog are along the left hand column."
|
||||
"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main "
|
||||
"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To "
|
||||
"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left "
|
||||
"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular "
|
||||
"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from"
|
||||
" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the "
|
||||
"template you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
|
||||
"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc."
|
||||
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you "
|
||||
"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
|
||||
"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc."
|
||||
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you "
|
||||
"want to switch to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will "
|
||||
"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
|
||||
"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button."
|
||||
"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To"
|
||||
" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar "
|
||||
"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a "
|
||||
"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before "
|
||||
"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch "
|
||||
"libreoffice or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch "
|
||||
"LibreOffice or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper"
|
||||
" with a folded right hand corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " libreoffice from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full "
|
||||
#~ "office suite. In the menu there "
|
||||
#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "applications and your recently used "
|
||||
#~ "files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a recently used file in"
|
||||
#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the"
|
||||
#~ " main part of the window. To "
|
||||
#~ "open a program or to create a "
|
||||
#~ "file from a file dialog are along"
|
||||
#~ " the left hand column."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice all of the different "
|
||||
#~ "components have a window menu that "
|
||||
#~ "lets you switch between a document "
|
||||
#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "calc. To do this go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window"
|
||||
#~ " that you want to switch to."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without "
|
||||
#~ "saving your work libreoffice will "
|
||||
#~ "automatically recover the document. If "
|
||||
#~ "you do not want to recover a "
|
||||
#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to automatically recover"
|
||||
#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`"
|
||||
#~ " button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
|
||||
@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
|
||||
" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
|
||||
" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
|
||||
"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse "
|
||||
"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order "
|
||||
"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in "
|
||||
"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing"
|
||||
" upwards."
|
||||
"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag"
|
||||
" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in "
|
||||
"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going "
|
||||
"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and "
|
||||
"an arrow pointing upwards."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file "
|
||||
"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
|
||||
"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
|
||||
"Documents`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces "
|
||||
"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control "
|
||||
":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or"
|
||||
" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut"
|
||||
" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If "
|
||||
"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + "
|
||||
"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button "
|
||||
"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press"
|
||||
" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a "
|
||||
"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the "
|
||||
"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
|
||||
"Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the"
|
||||
" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The "
|
||||
"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, "
|
||||
"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the "
|
||||
"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type "
|
||||
"you want."
|
||||
"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to "
|
||||
"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> "
|
||||
"Number`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
|
||||
" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column"
|
||||
" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If "
|
||||
"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. "
|
||||
"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and "
|
||||
"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on "
|
||||
"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
|
||||
"delete rows."
|
||||
"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function"
|
||||
" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in "
|
||||
"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort"
|
||||
" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right"
|
||||
" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`x` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the "
|
||||
"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories "
|
||||
"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your "
|
||||
"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left "
|
||||
"click on the image and drag the image to where you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to"
|
||||
" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less "
|
||||
"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell"
|
||||
" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly"
|
||||
" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back "
|
||||
"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an "
|
||||
"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To "
|
||||
"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box "
|
||||
"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally "
|
||||
"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release "
|
||||
"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically "
|
||||
"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
|
||||
" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you "
|
||||
"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current "
|
||||
"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To "
|
||||
"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click "
|
||||
"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Delete Column`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the "
|
||||
"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
|
||||
"yourself room."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
|
||||
"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
|
||||
@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Descending`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
|
||||
"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
|
||||
@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"left."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
|
||||
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
|
||||
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. "
|
||||
"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and "
|
||||
"select the percentage you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
|
||||
" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
|
||||
"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
|
||||
"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
|
||||
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each "
|
||||
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each "
|
||||
"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
|
||||
" --> Special Character`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"Libreoffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in"
|
||||
" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the "
|
||||
"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> "
|
||||
"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` "
|
||||
"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Charts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> "
|
||||
"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the "
|
||||
"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type "
|
||||
"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Next` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart "
|
||||
"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on "
|
||||
"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose "
|
||||
"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a "
|
||||
"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends"
|
||||
" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type "
|
||||
"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis "
|
||||
"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid "
|
||||
"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have "
|
||||
"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display "
|
||||
"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the"
|
||||
" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->"
|
||||
" LibreOffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper "
|
||||
"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat "
|
||||
#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move between cells press the "
|
||||
#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into "
|
||||
#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To "
|
||||
#~ "select cells left click and drag "
|
||||
#~ "to select the cells you want. To"
|
||||
#~ " sum data from cells in the "
|
||||
#~ "cell where you want the sum is "
|
||||
#~ "to press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like Σ character and then drag the"
|
||||
#~ " mouse over the cells you want "
|
||||
#~ "to add. To sort your cells in "
|
||||
#~ "descending order press the button with"
|
||||
#~ " bullet points and an arrow going "
|
||||
#~ "down. To sort in ascending order "
|
||||
#~ "press the button with bullet points "
|
||||
#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need "
|
||||
#~ "to press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a floppy disk, press the "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save "
|
||||
#~ "with a different file name "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To "
|
||||
#~ "open a file press the button that"
|
||||
#~ " looks like a brown folder and "
|
||||
#~ "add selct the file you want from"
|
||||
#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Open`. To open a recent document "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To copy data you can right click"
|
||||
#~ " copy, press the button with two "
|
||||
#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control"
|
||||
#~ " + c`. To paste data press "
|
||||
#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit "
|
||||
#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or "
|
||||
#~ "press the botton that is a "
|
||||
#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on"
|
||||
#~ " it. To cut text press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors "
|
||||
#~ "button to cut text. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to paste your text unformatted press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted "
|
||||
#~ "Text`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert an image press "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get "
|
||||
#~ "to the dialog of how to insert "
|
||||
#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. "
|
||||
#~ "The the first selection is to "
|
||||
#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, "
|
||||
#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, "
|
||||
#~ "or Column and Line chart. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the subtype of graph click "
|
||||
#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like the type you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to insert a new "
|
||||
#~ "column to the left of a column "
|
||||
#~ "right click on the letter for the"
|
||||
#~ " column Insert column left. If you"
|
||||
#~ " want the new column to the "
|
||||
#~ "right is right click on the letter"
|
||||
#~ " and insert column right. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to delete a column right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the letter and delete "
|
||||
#~ "column. To insert a row above the"
|
||||
#~ " current row right click on the "
|
||||
#~ "number and insert row above. To "
|
||||
#~ "insert a row below the current row"
|
||||
#~ " right click on the number and "
|
||||
#~ "insert row below. To delte a row"
|
||||
#~ " right click the number delete rows."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the size of a row "
|
||||
#~ "or colum of cells click in between"
|
||||
#~ " the border of that particular row"
|
||||
#~ " or column and drag with the "
|
||||
#~ "mouse to give yourself room."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To zoom to view a full page "
|
||||
#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire "
|
||||
#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of"
|
||||
#~ " your page on the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page "
|
||||
#~ "Width`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in "
|
||||
#~ "the same file press the button on"
|
||||
#~ " the bottom that looks like a "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
|
||||
#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each"
|
||||
#~ " sheet perss the button on each "
|
||||
#~ "sheet at the bottom near the "
|
||||
#~ "button to add a new sheet."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert a special character not "
|
||||
#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->"
|
||||
#~ " Special Character`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
|
||||
#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
|
||||
msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
|
||||
@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "in built themes"
|
||||
msgid "Built in themes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "sepll check"
|
||||
msgid "Spell check"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "pdf export"
|
||||
msgid "PDF export"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "images"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Images"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
|
||||
"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
|
||||
" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where "
|
||||
"it says click to add title."
|
||||
"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
|
||||
"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
|
||||
" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type "
|
||||
"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the "
|
||||
"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog "
|
||||
"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
|
||||
" to add title."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
|
||||
" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
|
||||
@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
|
||||
" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
|
||||
"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
|
||||
" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
|
||||
@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
|
||||
"Your prefred layout`."
|
||||
"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
|
||||
"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
|
||||
"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
|
||||
" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
|
||||
@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
|
||||
" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
|
||||
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`."
|
||||
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog "
|
||||
"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose "
|
||||
"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
|
||||
@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
|
||||
"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
|
||||
@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you "
|
||||
"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you "
|
||||
"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
|
||||
"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for "
|
||||
"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font "
|
||||
"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
|
||||
"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
|
||||
"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
|
||||
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from "
|
||||
"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
|
||||
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the "
|
||||
"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
|
||||
"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
|
||||
" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
|
||||
@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"changes how much to scale the width of the font."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for "
|
||||
"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent "
|
||||
"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. "
|
||||
"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After "
|
||||
"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a "
|
||||
"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the "
|
||||
"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To "
|
||||
"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of "
|
||||
"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want "
|
||||
"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to "
|
||||
"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
|
||||
"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up "
|
||||
"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
"Alt + Down`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
|
||||
"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
|
||||
@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Spacing`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
|
||||
"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
|
||||
"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
|
||||
"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
|
||||
"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
|
||||
"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box."
|
||||
"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +"
|
||||
" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`."
|
||||
"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next "
|
||||
"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result "
|
||||
"press the upward pointing arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
|
||||
"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
|
||||
"drag to resize to the desired size."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
|
||||
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
|
||||
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
|
||||
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
|
||||
"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
|
||||
"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
|
||||
"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
|
||||
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
|
||||
"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide "
|
||||
"Number`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
|
||||
"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
|
||||
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
|
||||
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
|
||||
"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in "
|
||||
"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel "
|
||||
"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To "
|
||||
"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
|
||||
"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
|
||||
"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
|
||||
"which has many different options."
|
||||
"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling "
|
||||
"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To "
|
||||
"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print "
|
||||
"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom "
|
||||
"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To "
|
||||
"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to"
|
||||
" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a "
|
||||
"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bottom`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` "
|
||||
"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a"
|
||||
" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different "
|
||||
"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what "
|
||||
"your current background color of the slide is shown under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the "
|
||||
"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the "
|
||||
"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To "
|
||||
"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your"
|
||||
" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To "
|
||||
"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture "
|
||||
"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to"
|
||||
" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` "
|
||||
"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. "
|
||||
"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your "
|
||||
"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To"
|
||||
" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the "
|
||||
"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where"
|
||||
" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap"
|
||||
" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can "
|
||||
"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look "
|
||||
"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on "
|
||||
"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern "
|
||||
"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground "
|
||||
"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by"
|
||||
" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To choose a series of lines as your background press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it"
|
||||
" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of "
|
||||
"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a "
|
||||
"particular background color of your background check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background"
|
||||
" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. "
|
||||
"To change your slides to be transparent click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how "
|
||||
"transparent to make it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
|
||||
"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
|
||||
@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"end`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
|
||||
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
|
||||
"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
|
||||
"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
|
||||
"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
|
||||
"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
|
||||
"right click previous."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
|
||||
"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
|
||||
"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
|
||||
" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
|
||||
"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
|
||||
"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
|
||||
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
|
||||
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
|
||||
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the "
|
||||
"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom "
|
||||
"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally "
|
||||
"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to "
|
||||
"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
|
||||
" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will"
|
||||
" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click"
|
||||
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a"
|
||||
" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save "
|
||||
"...`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the "
|
||||
"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to "
|
||||
"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the "
|
||||
"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side "
|
||||
"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change"
|
||||
" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the "
|
||||
"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image "
|
||||
"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate "
|
||||
"or Flip --> Horizontally`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of"
|
||||
" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to "
|
||||
"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to "
|
||||
"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one"
|
||||
" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Slideshows/Presentations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV "
|
||||
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First "
|
||||
"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit "
|
||||
"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the "
|
||||
"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a "
|
||||
"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
|
||||
"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show "
|
||||
"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or "
|
||||
"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat "
|
||||
"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle "
|
||||
"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "How To launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "How To Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
|
||||
"or run"
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice Impress` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a "
|
||||
"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "loimpress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "in built themes"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "sepll check"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "pdf export"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "images"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
|
||||
#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
|
||||
#~ " templete with a preview select which"
|
||||
#~ " one you want to use by left"
|
||||
#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`."
|
||||
#~ " To add a title to a slide "
|
||||
#~ "click where it says click to add"
|
||||
#~ " title."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
|
||||
#~ "have been working on press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a folder "
|
||||
#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
|
||||
#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
|
||||
#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently "
|
||||
#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your "
|
||||
#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a floppy disk or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save "
|
||||
#~ "a new copy under a custom file "
|
||||
#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. "
|
||||
#~ "To save a file as a pdf "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the layout of your slide"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your"
|
||||
#~ " prefred layout`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To increaase your font size press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format"
|
||||
#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To "
|
||||
#~ "decrease your font size press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format"
|
||||
#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To "
|
||||
#~ "make text superscript select it and "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript "
|
||||
#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format "
|
||||
#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To spell check your presentation press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
|
||||
#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print "
|
||||
#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Print`. To open up your printer "
|
||||
#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer "
|
||||
#~ "Settings`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize"
|
||||
#~ " the character or your text "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the "
|
||||
#~ "font family for your text. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can "
|
||||
#~ "select the of your font. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
|
||||
#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` "
|
||||
#~ "tab has even more effects for "
|
||||
#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font "
|
||||
#~ "Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make "
|
||||
#~ "a style for how to draw lines "
|
||||
#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline "
|
||||
#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu"
|
||||
#~ " to choose what color to draw a"
|
||||
#~ " line over something. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your "
|
||||
#~ "text. To have many different "
|
||||
#~ "strikethrough effects to your text "
|
||||
#~ "select the one you want from "
|
||||
#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To "
|
||||
#~ "change whether the font appears to "
|
||||
#~ "be sunken or raised from the "
|
||||
#~ "presentation use the menu for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you "
|
||||
#~ "want your text underlined choose an "
|
||||
#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu."
|
||||
#~ " To change the color of your "
|
||||
#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`"
|
||||
#~ " menu. To have effects with how "
|
||||
#~ "your is vertically with the rest "
|
||||
#~ "of the line select the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your "
|
||||
#~ "text superscript press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your"
|
||||
#~ " text subscript press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much "
|
||||
#~ "to scale the width of the font."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your "
|
||||
#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->"
|
||||
#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered"
|
||||
#~ " list for your points "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered"
|
||||
#~ " Lists`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move settings with a box of "
|
||||
#~ "text left click on the border of"
|
||||
#~ " the box of text. To move the"
|
||||
#~ " text box click and drag on the"
|
||||
#~ " border. To resize both vertical and"
|
||||
#~ " horizontal size together left click "
|
||||
#~ "on the corner and resize the text"
|
||||
#~ " box. To resize how tall the "
|
||||
#~ "text box is click the box at "
|
||||
#~ "the top or bottom and drag to "
|
||||
#~ "the desired size. To resize the "
|
||||
#~ "horizontal size only select the box "
|
||||
#~ "on a veritcal size of the box."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Find` to search for text. To find"
|
||||
#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find"
|
||||
#~ " and Replace`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert an image click "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag "
|
||||
#~ "your image to where you want it"
|
||||
#~ " left click and drag the mouse "
|
||||
#~ "to where you want the image. To"
|
||||
#~ " resize the image without distorting "
|
||||
#~ "it click one of the boxes on "
|
||||
#~ "the corner and resize to the size"
|
||||
#~ " you wish. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
|
||||
#~ " replace an image right click the "
|
||||
#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring"
|
||||
#~ " a file picker up to pick a "
|
||||
#~ "new image. To crop an image right"
|
||||
#~ " click on the image and select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image "
|
||||
#~ "out of a presentation right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the image and select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the zoom of you "
|
||||
#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->"
|
||||
#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to"
|
||||
#~ " manage your zoom. If you just "
|
||||
#~ "want to zoom to fit the page "
|
||||
#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
|
||||
#~ "Page Width`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the left there is a panel "
|
||||
#~ "showing what slides you currently have"
|
||||
#~ " in left side of the window. To"
|
||||
#~ " insert a new slide right click "
|
||||
#~ "on this panel on the left and "
|
||||
#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on"
|
||||
#~ " the left hand slide right click "
|
||||
#~ "and select delete slide or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To"
|
||||
#~ " create another copy of a slide "
|
||||
#~ "right click and then select duplicate"
|
||||
#~ " slide. To change the type of "
|
||||
#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->"
|
||||
#~ " Your choice of slide here` which "
|
||||
#~ "has many different options."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` "
|
||||
#~ "or the button the looks like a "
|
||||
#~ "tv with a triangle on it or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the"
|
||||
#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow"
|
||||
#~ " from the current slide press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow"
|
||||
#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To"
|
||||
#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To"
|
||||
#~ " get to the next slide of the"
|
||||
#~ " slideshow left click or press the"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to"
|
||||
#~ " a previous slide in presentation "
|
||||
#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` "
|
||||
#~ "or right click previous."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your slides right next to"
|
||||
#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide"
|
||||
#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides "
|
||||
#~ "click and hold a slide and drag"
|
||||
#~ " the slide between the slides you "
|
||||
#~ "want to move to. To switch to "
|
||||
#~ "an outline view of just text "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch"
|
||||
#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your "
|
||||
#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How To launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch go to the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on "
|
||||
"Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press "
|
||||
"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your "
|
||||
"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`."
|
||||
"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To "
|
||||
"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
|
||||
" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press"
|
||||
"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
|
||||
"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Cut`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Symbols`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` "
|
||||
"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your"
|
||||
" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to "
|
||||
"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> "
|
||||
"libreoffice math` or run"
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice Math` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece "
|
||||
"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save your formula you have "
|
||||
#~ "written in libreoffice math press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Save`. To open a file press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Print`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy "
|
||||
#~ "text from libreoffice math press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo "
|
||||
#~ "a change you have undone press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Redo`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "math` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default "
|
||||
"on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11
|
||||
@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "no ribbon"
|
||||
msgid "No ribbon"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "one button pdf export"
|
||||
msgid "One button PDF export"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "many file formats to output"
|
||||
msgid "Many file formats to output"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "spellcheck"
|
||||
msgid "Spellcheck"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "wordcount"
|
||||
msgid "Wordcount"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part "
|
||||
"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part "
|
||||
"of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks "
|
||||
"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously "
|
||||
"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press "
|
||||
@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
|
||||
"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a "
|
||||
"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a "
|
||||
"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let "
|
||||
"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft "
|
||||
"word."
|
||||
" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export "
|
||||
"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility "
|
||||
"with Microsoft word."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you "
|
||||
"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you "
|
||||
"can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown "
|
||||
"menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the "
|
||||
"font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select "
|
||||
@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
|
||||
@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and "
|
||||
"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can "
|
||||
"change your text to a color you want."
|
||||
"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and"
|
||||
" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before "
|
||||
"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line "
|
||||
"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in "
|
||||
"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. "
|
||||
"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text "
|
||||
"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the "
|
||||
"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` "
|
||||
"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons "
|
||||
"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The "
|
||||
"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to"
|
||||
" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset"
|
||||
" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Color` menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to "
|
||||
"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` "
|
||||
"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number "
|
||||
"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` "
|
||||
"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page "
|
||||
"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how "
|
||||
"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` "
|
||||
"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of "
|
||||
"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field "
|
||||
"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or "
|
||||
"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and "
|
||||
"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can "
|
||||
"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color"
|
||||
" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located "
|
||||
"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button"
|
||||
" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the"
|
||||
" button that looks like a T with a box around it or "
|
||||
@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you "
|
||||
"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you "
|
||||
"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a "
|
||||
"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To "
|
||||
"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the"
|
||||
" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can "
|
||||
"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+"
|
||||
" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your "
|
||||
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your"
|
||||
" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with "
|
||||
"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you "
|
||||
"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection "
|
||||
"from the same spot."
|
||||
"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what "
|
||||
"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text "
|
||||
"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will "
|
||||
"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your "
|
||||
"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this "
|
||||
"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what "
|
||||
"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an "
|
||||
"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should "
|
||||
"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select "
|
||||
"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the "
|
||||
"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed "
|
||||
"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing "
|
||||
"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview "
|
||||
"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button"
|
||||
" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there "
|
||||
"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how "
|
||||
"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` "
|
||||
"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse "
|
||||
"order` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are "
|
||||
"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the "
|
||||
"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also"
|
||||
" see the word count of selection from the same spot."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω "
|
||||
"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To"
|
||||
@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow "
|
||||
"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press "
|
||||
"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press "
|
||||
"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under "
|
||||
"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for "
|
||||
"which steps to undo and redo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines "
|
||||
"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your "
|
||||
"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your "
|
||||
"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right "
|
||||
"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned"
|
||||
" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> "
|
||||
"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in "
|
||||
"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned"
|
||||
" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in "
|
||||
"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has"
|
||||
" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`."
|
||||
" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to change your line spacing of your document "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double "
|
||||
"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for "
|
||||
"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for "
|
||||
"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of "
|
||||
"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to "
|
||||
"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your "
|
||||
"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the "
|
||||
"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes "
|
||||
"around the corner to resize the image."
|
||||
"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page "
|
||||
"number`. To insert the current time into the document "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date "
|
||||
"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert "
|
||||
"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> "
|
||||
"Page count`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->"
|
||||
" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the"
|
||||
" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> "
|
||||
"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the "
|
||||
"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the "
|
||||
"document left click on the body of the document."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`."
|
||||
"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or "
|
||||
"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the"
|
||||
" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a "
|
||||
"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Reply`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface "
|
||||
"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the "
|
||||
"formula."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog "
|
||||
"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and "
|
||||
"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
|
||||
"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and "
|
||||
"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`."
|
||||
"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
|
||||
"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent "
|
||||
"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view "
|
||||
@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Scroll bar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a watermark on the background of the page "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says "
|
||||
"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the "
|
||||
"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from "
|
||||
"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change "
|
||||
"your how transparent the water mark is change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely "
|
||||
"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` "
|
||||
"drop down pop up menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86
|
||||
msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89
|
||||
msgid "Columns"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change "
|
||||
"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field."
|
||||
" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop "
|
||||
"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your "
|
||||
"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want"
|
||||
" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97
|
||||
msgid "Lists"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered"
|
||||
" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered "
|
||||
"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
|
||||
"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format "
|
||||
"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this "
|
||||
"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> "
|
||||
"Promote One Level`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101
|
||||
msgid "Find And Replace"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To "
|
||||
"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to"
|
||||
" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the "
|
||||
"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of "
|
||||
"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match "
|
||||
"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit "
|
||||
"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the "
|
||||
"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end "
|
||||
"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To "
|
||||
"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` "
|
||||
"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence "
|
||||
"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change "
|
||||
"everything."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Styles"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> "
|
||||
"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a "
|
||||
"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. "
|
||||
"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level "
|
||||
"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`."
|
||||
" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted"
|
||||
" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered "
|
||||
"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list "
|
||||
"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet "
|
||||
"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with "
|
||||
"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman "
|
||||
"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "Images"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to "
|
||||
"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your "
|
||||
"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the "
|
||||
"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes "
|
||||
"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you "
|
||||
"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an "
|
||||
"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the "
|
||||
"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an "
|
||||
"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip"
|
||||
" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down"
|
||||
" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> "
|
||||
"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image "
|
||||
"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag "
|
||||
"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image "
|
||||
"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> "
|
||||
"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Tables"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table "
|
||||
"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are "
|
||||
"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right "
|
||||
"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click "
|
||||
"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with "
|
||||
"the arrow key with the direction you want to go."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> "
|
||||
"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->"
|
||||
" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column "
|
||||
"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns "
|
||||
"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert "
|
||||
"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how "
|
||||
"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To "
|
||||
"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table "
|
||||
"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete"
|
||||
" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete"
|
||||
" --> Table`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Document Properties"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up a window with properties of your document "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows "
|
||||
"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords"
|
||||
" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you "
|
||||
"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to "
|
||||
"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input "
|
||||
"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have "
|
||||
"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet "
|
||||
"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in "
|
||||
"the document` checkbox."
|
||||
"metadata about the file including creation or modification time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and "
|
||||
"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is "
|
||||
"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a "
|
||||
"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is "
|
||||
"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you "
|
||||
"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has "
|
||||
"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To"
|
||||
" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin "
|
||||
"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To"
|
||||
" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` "
|
||||
"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` "
|
||||
"row. To see how many images are in your document read the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Images` row."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143
|
||||
msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece"
|
||||
" of paper with several lines of writing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing"
|
||||
#~ " application that is the default on"
|
||||
#~ " Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "no ribbon"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "one button pdf export"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "many file formats to output"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "spellcheck"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "wordcount"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what "
|
||||
#~ "you wish to type into the main "
|
||||
#~ "part of the window. If you wish"
|
||||
#~ " to save your data press the "
|
||||
#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk"
|
||||
#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To "
|
||||
#~ "open a previously saved document press"
|
||||
#~ " the button that looks like a "
|
||||
#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. "
|
||||
#~ "To load or save a file from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` "
|
||||
#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File"
|
||||
#~ " --> Save`. To save your file "
|
||||
#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File"
|
||||
#~ " --> Save As`. To view your "
|
||||
#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your "
|
||||
#~ "file as a pdf press the button "
|
||||
#~ "that is a sheet of paper with "
|
||||
#~ "curved red lines on it or go "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select"
|
||||
#~ " the file type as pdf. This "
|
||||
#~ "same export menu will let you save"
|
||||
#~ " in formats for other programs for"
|
||||
#~ " compatibility with microsoft word."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the font size There is"
|
||||
#~ " a drop down box with a number"
|
||||
#~ " in it you can type the font"
|
||||
#~ " size you want in this box or"
|
||||
#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You"
|
||||
#~ " can change the font with the "
|
||||
#~ "drop down box to the left of "
|
||||
#~ "the font size which you can type"
|
||||
#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or"
|
||||
#~ " select from the drop down menu. "
|
||||
#~ "To make your text bold you can "
|
||||
#~ "select the text with the mouse and"
|
||||
#~ " press the button that looks like "
|
||||
#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. "
|
||||
#~ "To make the font italic press the"
|
||||
#~ " button that looks like *I* or "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting"
|
||||
#~ " the text or keep typing with "
|
||||
#~ "it to be italic. To have an "
|
||||
#~ "underlined text select the text and "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make "
|
||||
#~ "strikethrough press the button that is"
|
||||
#~ " a s with a line through it."
|
||||
#~ " If you want a floating window "
|
||||
#~ "on how to style your text "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change font color press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that has a T with a "
|
||||
#~ "drop on it and a red underline "
|
||||
#~ "this will bring down several differenent"
|
||||
#~ " colors you can change your text "
|
||||
#~ "to a color you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add multiple columns to your "
|
||||
#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. "
|
||||
#~ "To have multiple columns in the "
|
||||
#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and "
|
||||
#~ "set to the number of columns you"
|
||||
#~ " want. When you are done with "
|
||||
#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` "
|
||||
#~ "button or if you decide you do "
|
||||
#~ "not want to make changes to "
|
||||
#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To check the spelling of your "
|
||||
#~ "document press the ABC button with "
|
||||
#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools"
|
||||
#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To"
|
||||
#~ " view how your document looks before"
|
||||
#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print"
|
||||
#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. "
|
||||
#~ "To get back to editing your "
|
||||
#~ "document press the same thing again "
|
||||
#~ "or click the close preview button. "
|
||||
#~ "After you are done writing your "
|
||||
#~ "document you can press the button "
|
||||
#~ "that looks like a printer to "
|
||||
#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change "
|
||||
#~ "view or change your printer settings "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
|
||||
#~ " view your word count of how "
|
||||
#~ "many words are currently in the "
|
||||
#~ "document is with nothing slected at "
|
||||
#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer "
|
||||
#~ "window. If you select text with "
|
||||
#~ "the mouse you can also see the "
|
||||
#~ "word count of selection from the "
|
||||
#~ "same spot."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To undo a mistake you make press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the "
|
||||
#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. "
|
||||
#~ "If you accidently undid code redo "
|
||||
#~ "or press the green arrow pointing "
|
||||
#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control "
|
||||
#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons "
|
||||
#~ "there is a drop down button that"
|
||||
#~ " brings up a menu for which "
|
||||
#~ "steps to undo and redo."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To center your text is press the"
|
||||
#~ " button with the horizontal lines "
|
||||
#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align"
|
||||
#~ " --> centered`. To have your text "
|
||||
#~ "justified to the right press the "
|
||||
#~ "button with the lines on the right"
|
||||
#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->"
|
||||
#~ " right`. To have your text aligned"
|
||||
#~ " to left press the lines on the"
|
||||
#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->"
|
||||
#~ " align --> left`. To center justify"
|
||||
#~ " your text which will add spaces "
|
||||
#~ "in between words to make it "
|
||||
#~ "appears at both orders press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines"
|
||||
#~ " all of eqaul length to center "
|
||||
#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format "
|
||||
#~ "--> Align --> Justified`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to change your line"
|
||||
#~ " spacing of your document "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line"
|
||||
#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> "
|
||||
#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a"
|
||||
#~ " half line spacing. To change back"
|
||||
#~ " to single line spacing of your "
|
||||
#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing "
|
||||
#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert an image into your go"
|
||||
#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to"
|
||||
#~ " insert an image directly to your "
|
||||
#~ "word processing document. To move your"
|
||||
#~ " image around left click on it "
|
||||
#~ "and drag the image around. To "
|
||||
#~ "resize the image while keeping the "
|
||||
#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of"
|
||||
#~ " the blue boxes around the corner "
|
||||
#~ "to resize the image."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To have a header shown at the "
|
||||
#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert "
|
||||
#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header "
|
||||
#~ "--> Default style`. To have a "
|
||||
#~ "footer at the bottom of each page"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer "
|
||||
#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To "
|
||||
#~ "get back to writing the main part"
|
||||
#~ " of the document left click on "
|
||||
#~ "the body of the document."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select all text in the document"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To zoom for the entire page to "
|
||||
#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
|
||||
#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you"
|
||||
#~ " can see the width of the page"
|
||||
#~ " and everything is bigger "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page "
|
||||
#~ "width`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bring up a window with "
|
||||
#~ "properties of your document "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about"
|
||||
#~ " the file including creation or "
|
||||
#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` "
|
||||
#~ "tab has fields to input title "
|
||||
#~ "subject and keywords and lets you "
|
||||
#~ "also put in comments. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can "
|
||||
#~ "optionally put the title on. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input"
|
||||
#~ " the subject of the document. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords "
|
||||
#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` "
|
||||
#~ "is where you can have comments "
|
||||
#~ "about the document. To embed any "
|
||||
#~ "fonts you have in the documnet "
|
||||
#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the "
|
||||
#~ "document` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch go to menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications"
|
||||
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice "
|
||||
"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice "
|
||||
"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter documents office applications "
|
||||
#~ "including the libreoffice office suite "
|
||||
#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not "
|
||||
"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To"
|
||||
" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image"
|
||||
" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`."
|
||||
"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward "
|
||||
"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the "
|
||||
"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a "
|
||||
"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed "
|
||||
"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your "
|
||||
"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar "
|
||||
"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop"
|
||||
" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the"
|
||||
" file press :guilabel:`Start`."
|
||||
" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the"
|
||||
" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up "
|
||||
"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by "
|
||||
"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the "
|
||||
"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a "
|
||||
"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a "
|
||||
"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as "
|
||||
"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`."
|
||||
"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` "
|
||||
"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an "
|
||||
"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file "
|
||||
"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
|
||||
"print dialog."
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
|
||||
"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to "
|
||||
"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate "
|
||||
"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture "
|
||||
"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass "
|
||||
"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`."
|
||||
"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to "
|
||||
"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate "
|
||||
"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to"
|
||||
" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate "
|
||||
"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a "
|
||||
"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
|
||||
"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a "
|
||||
"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
|
||||
"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
|
||||
"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`."
|
||||
"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the "
|
||||
"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
|
||||
"Horizontally`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to "
|
||||
"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from"
|
||||
" Clipboard`."
|
||||
"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy "
|
||||
"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit "
|
||||
"--> Paste from Clipboard`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and "
|
||||
"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view"
|
||||
" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and "
|
||||
"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the"
|
||||
" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different "
|
||||
"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press "
|
||||
":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last "
|
||||
"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`."
|
||||
"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or "
|
||||
":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between "
|
||||
"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left "
|
||||
"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last "
|
||||
"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can "
|
||||
"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> "
|
||||
"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the picture entirely at its original size press "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and "
|
||||
"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your "
|
||||
"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`."
|
||||
"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by "
|
||||
"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and "
|
||||
"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the"
|
||||
" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a"
|
||||
" another program such as one to edit that picture right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with "
|
||||
"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an "
|
||||
"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. "
|
||||
"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move to Trash`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the"
|
||||
" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar."
|
||||
"To view the picture entirely at its original size press "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and "
|
||||
"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your "
|
||||
"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around "
|
||||
"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show "
|
||||
"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Show EXIF Data`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures"
|
||||
" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right "
|
||||
"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the "
|
||||
"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgid "Annotations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the background color in a window press the button next to "
|
||||
"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right "
|
||||
"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks "
|
||||
"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag "
|
||||
"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the"
|
||||
" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button "
|
||||
"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle "
|
||||
"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks "
|
||||
"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a"
|
||||
" circle with a slash through it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To"
|
||||
" change the background color in a window press the button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing"
|
||||
" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press "
|
||||
"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same "
|
||||
"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each "
|
||||
"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval "
|
||||
"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show "
|
||||
"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference"
|
||||
" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline "
|
||||
"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. "
|
||||
"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"annotations toolbar by default`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or "
|
||||
"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape "
|
||||
"scene of a sunset."
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene "
|
||||
"of a sunset."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "lximage-qt from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a picture press "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ O`, or press the button that "
|
||||
#~ "looks like a opening folder. If "
|
||||
#~ "you do not like the picture press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of"
|
||||
#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To "
|
||||
#~ "view your property of your image "
|
||||
#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to upload a picture"
|
||||
#~ " to share it online press "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a "
|
||||
#~ "new window will pop up with a "
|
||||
#~ "drop down menu to show where to"
|
||||
#~ " upload the picture to. To actually"
|
||||
#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to"
|
||||
#~ " the right to view the next "
|
||||
#~ "file in the folder and the arrow"
|
||||
#~ " to the left to view the "
|
||||
#~ "previous folder. To open a new "
|
||||
#~ "picture press the open button which "
|
||||
#~ "looks like a blue folder with a"
|
||||
#~ " piece of paper in it. To open"
|
||||
#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Open Directory` or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file "
|
||||
#~ "as something press the button that "
|
||||
#~ "looks like a floppy disk or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to print a picture "
|
||||
#~ "after viewing it from the "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
|
||||
#~ "print dialog."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To rotate an image to the right"
|
||||
#~ " press the circular arrrow that "
|
||||
#~ "points to the right or go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To"
|
||||
#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular"
|
||||
#~ " arrow pointing to the left or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To"
|
||||
#~ " zoom in on a picture press the"
|
||||
#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with"
|
||||
#~ " a + symobol on it or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out "
|
||||
#~ "press the button of a magnifying "
|
||||
#~ "glass with a - symbol in it "
|
||||
#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To flip your image on the vertical"
|
||||
#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
|
||||
#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on "
|
||||
#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Flip Horizonatally`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard"
|
||||
#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to "
|
||||
#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to "
|
||||
#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from "
|
||||
#~ "Clipboard`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view the next picture on your"
|
||||
#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` "
|
||||
#~ "and conversly to view the previous "
|
||||
#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To"
|
||||
#~ " view thumbnials of the current "
|
||||
#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and"
|
||||
#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom"
|
||||
#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom "
|
||||
#~ "of the window to view the whole"
|
||||
#~ " folder. You can also scroll between"
|
||||
#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel "
|
||||
#~ "as well. To jump to the first "
|
||||
#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To "
|
||||
#~ "jump to the last picture press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last "
|
||||
#~ "File`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view the picture entirely at "
|
||||
#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View"
|
||||
#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a"
|
||||
#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a"
|
||||
#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To"
|
||||
#~ " return your image to its original"
|
||||
#~ " size press the magnifying button "
|
||||
#~ "with 1:1 inside it or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->"
|
||||
#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of"
|
||||
#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow"
|
||||
#~ " on the toolbar a play pause "
|
||||
#~ "button will appear on the toolbar."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the background color in "
|
||||
#~ "a window press the button next to"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and "
|
||||
#~ "then a window will pop up showing"
|
||||
#~ " your color choice. To change the "
|
||||
#~ "background color when fullscreen press "
|
||||
#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen "
|
||||
#~ "background color` and the same color "
|
||||
#~ "picker window will appear. To change "
|
||||
#~ "how long it takes for a each "
|
||||
#~ "slide show to change change the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` "
|
||||
#~ "field. To cancel your changes press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply "
|
||||
#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence "
|
||||
#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch lximage from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
|
||||
#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange "
|
||||
#~ "landscape scene of a sunset."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
166
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po
Normal file
166
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a "
|
||||
":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview"
|
||||
" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this "
|
||||
"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button"
|
||||
" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your "
|
||||
"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the "
|
||||
"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` "
|
||||
"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed "
|
||||
"arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot"
|
||||
" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture "
|
||||
"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how "
|
||||
"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` "
|
||||
"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by "
|
||||
"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray "
|
||||
"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To "
|
||||
"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on"
|
||||
" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot "
|
||||
"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To"
|
||||
" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on "
|
||||
"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences"
|
||||
" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right "
|
||||
"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the"
|
||||
" command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white "
|
||||
"layer on top."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button "
|
||||
"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how"
|
||||
" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To "
|
||||
"change the default file name for your screenshots change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file "
|
||||
"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the "
|
||||
"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can "
|
||||
"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`"
|
||||
" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To"
|
||||
" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in "
|
||||
"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file "
|
||||
"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and "
|
||||
"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave"
|
||||
" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are "
|
||||
"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To"
|
||||
" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable "
|
||||
"external viewer` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system "
|
||||
"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the"
|
||||
" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to "
|
||||
"tray when closing` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action "
|
||||
"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard"
|
||||
" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected "
|
||||
"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that "
|
||||
"shortcut."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application."
|
||||
msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and"
|
||||
"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and"
|
||||
" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can"
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a "
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a "
|
||||
"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you"
|
||||
" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on "
|
||||
"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the"
|
||||
" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the "
|
||||
" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the"
|
||||
" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the "
|
||||
"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the "
|
||||
"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no"
|
||||
" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices "
|
||||
" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices "
|
||||
"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi"
|
||||
" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The "
|
||||
"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or"
|
||||
" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would "
|
||||
"want to print it out again."
|
||||
":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi"
|
||||
" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. "
|
||||
"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select "
|
||||
"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color "
|
||||
"ink if you would want to print it out again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely "
|
||||
"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To "
|
||||
@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"the dots per inch you want to use."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` "
|
||||
"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric "
|
||||
"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input"
|
||||
" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting "
|
||||
"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` "
|
||||
"Checkbox."
|
||||
"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` "
|
||||
"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To "
|
||||
"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive"
|
||||
" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors"
|
||||
" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a"
|
||||
" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To "
|
||||
@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your "
|
||||
"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your "
|
||||
"computer. To launch the application go to the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run"
|
||||
":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed "
|
||||
"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
|
||||
"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask "
|
||||
"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each "
|
||||
"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the "
|
||||
"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save "
|
||||
"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop "
|
||||
"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider"
|
||||
" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch "
|
||||
"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` "
|
||||
"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically "
|
||||
"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
|
||||
@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To preview what you want to scan"
|
||||
#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and"
|
||||
#~ " you can make sure the scan is"
|
||||
#~ " in a good position. With this "
|
||||
#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`"
|
||||
#~ " button to scan the document after"
|
||||
#~ " this a dialog will show up "
|
||||
#~ "asking you were to save what you"
|
||||
#~ " are scanning. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "cancel your scan midway through the "
|
||||
#~ "scani or preview click on the red"
|
||||
#~ " octogon with a white inside x "
|
||||
#~ "button to cancel the scan while "
|
||||
#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a"
|
||||
#~ " file save dialog will pop up "
|
||||
#~ "and type the file name you want"
|
||||
#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field "
|
||||
#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If your scanner is not detected a"
|
||||
#~ " you will get a device saying "
|
||||
#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith "
|
||||
#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload "
|
||||
#~ "devices list` to try and find your"
|
||||
#~ " scanner again. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the dpi or dots per "
|
||||
#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep "
|
||||
#~ "in mind the higher the number of"
|
||||
#~ " dpi the better the picture quality"
|
||||
#~ " but the longer it will take to"
|
||||
#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows"
|
||||
#~ " you to select color to select "
|
||||
#~ "color scanning or gray to only "
|
||||
#~ "show your scan in gray and not "
|
||||
#~ "use color ink if you would want"
|
||||
#~ " to print it out again."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the brightness of a scan"
|
||||
#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or"
|
||||
#~ " input an a positive or negative "
|
||||
#~ "number into the the numeric field. "
|
||||
#~ "To change constrast slide the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a "
|
||||
#~ "positive or negative number in the "
|
||||
#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your"
|
||||
#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your "
|
||||
#~ "scanner and that it is connected "
|
||||
#~ "to your computer. To launch the "
|
||||
#~ "application go to the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications"
|
||||
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots"
|
||||
" and scanning pictures or documents."
|
||||
"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking "
|
||||
"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapters documents programs with "
|
||||
#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and "
|
||||
#~ "scanning pictures or documents."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK"
|
||||
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and "
|
||||
"decompress files."
|
||||
"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine "
|
||||
"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6
|
||||
@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Java Archieve"
|
||||
msgid "Java Archive"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Tar Archieves"
|
||||
msgid "Tar Archives"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed"
|
||||
msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Zip Archieves"
|
||||
msgid "Zip Archives"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15
|
||||
@ -58,72 +58,173 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a "
|
||||
"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted "
|
||||
"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for "
|
||||
"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> "
|
||||
"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press "
|
||||
"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files "
|
||||
"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to "
|
||||
"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick"
|
||||
" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick"
|
||||
" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press "
|
||||
":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an "
|
||||
"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you "
|
||||
"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't"
|
||||
" be undone."
|
||||
"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you "
|
||||
"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this "
|
||||
"can't be undone."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve"
|
||||
" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the "
|
||||
"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder"
|
||||
" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the "
|
||||
"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type "
|
||||
"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with "
|
||||
"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow"
|
||||
" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with"
|
||||
" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress."
|
||||
"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive "
|
||||
"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press"
|
||||
" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. "
|
||||
"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. "
|
||||
"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or"
|
||||
" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to "
|
||||
"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with "
|
||||
"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To "
|
||||
"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` "
|
||||
"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a "
|
||||
"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to "
|
||||
"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and"
|
||||
" then left click on the files."
|
||||
" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a "
|
||||
"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open "
|
||||
"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> "
|
||||
"Open Recent --> Clear List`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To "
|
||||
"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent "
|
||||
"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive "
|
||||
"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of "
|
||||
"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the "
|
||||
"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see "
|
||||
"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` "
|
||||
"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd "
|
||||
"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number "
|
||||
"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of "
|
||||
"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after "
|
||||
"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression"
|
||||
" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see"
|
||||
" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last "
|
||||
"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 "
|
||||
"hash` fields."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. "
|
||||
"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program"
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio "
|
||||
"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview "
|
||||
"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when "
|
||||
"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a "
|
||||
"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Apply` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files."
|
||||
" To open the destination folder after extraction check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close "
|
||||
"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than"
|
||||
" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to"
|
||||
" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual "
|
||||
"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle "
|
||||
"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the"
|
||||
" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the"
|
||||
" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each"
|
||||
" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column"
|
||||
" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press"
|
||||
" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application"
|
||||
" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary "
|
||||
"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a "
|
||||
"zipper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " on the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It"
|
||||
#~ " can be used to view, compress, "
|
||||
#~ "and decompress files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Java Archieve"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Tar Archieves"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Zip Archieves"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a file in a archieve, "
|
||||
#~ "open the archieve, then double click "
|
||||
#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. "
|
||||
#~ "If you want to extract or move "
|
||||
#~ "a file from the archieve, use the"
|
||||
#~ " extract button. After you have "
|
||||
#~ "extracted to places and you have "
|
||||
#~ "the file open it will appear in"
|
||||
#~ " in the menu for quick areas to"
|
||||
#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->"
|
||||
#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`."
|
||||
#~ " To preview a file press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed "
|
||||
#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an "
|
||||
#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete"
|
||||
#~ " a file from an archieve press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Delete` and you will have a "
|
||||
#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently"
|
||||
#~ " lose data as this can't be "
|
||||
#~ "undone."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To create an archieve press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve "
|
||||
#~ "--> new` button to bring up the"
|
||||
#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in"
|
||||
#~ " the folder you want to create "
|
||||
#~ "this archieve in the folder or "
|
||||
#~ "press the folder button on the "
|
||||
#~ "right to select where to create "
|
||||
#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of "
|
||||
#~ "the archieve you want to name the"
|
||||
#~ " file. To select which type of "
|
||||
#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu"
|
||||
#~ " to select tar or zip archieve "
|
||||
#~ "with various different kinds of "
|
||||
#~ "compression. Some types of archives will"
|
||||
#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of"
|
||||
#~ " compression to change the compression "
|
||||
#~ "with higher compression but will take"
|
||||
#~ " more cpu to decompress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add a file to your archive "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which"
|
||||
#~ " brings up a file picker to "
|
||||
#~ "choose how to add files. Once you"
|
||||
#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`"
|
||||
#~ " button to add a file. If you"
|
||||
#~ " want to select multiple files to "
|
||||
#~ "add at once you can hold down "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on"
|
||||
#~ " the files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view how to open recent "
|
||||
#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open "
|
||||
#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of "
|
||||
#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open"
|
||||
#~ " Recent --> Clear List`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor."
|
||||
msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "It supports:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "tabs"
|
||||
msgid "Tabs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "syntax highlighting"
|
||||
msgid "Syntax highlighting"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "autoindent"
|
||||
msgid "Autoindent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "autobracket"
|
||||
msgid "Autobracket"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "line numbers"
|
||||
msgid "Line numbers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "search with find/replace"
|
||||
msgid "Search with find/replace"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "undo and redo"
|
||||
msgid "Undo and redo"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Spellcheck"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black "
|
||||
"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your"
|
||||
" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To"
|
||||
" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a"
|
||||
" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window"
|
||||
" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save "
|
||||
"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button "
|
||||
"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a "
|
||||
"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the "
|
||||
"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift "
|
||||
"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to"
|
||||
" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes."
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to "
|
||||
"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks "
|
||||
"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main"
|
||||
" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a "
|
||||
"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if "
|
||||
"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that "
|
||||
"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the "
|
||||
"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will "
|
||||
"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to"
|
||||
" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file "
|
||||
" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file "
|
||||
"extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax "
|
||||
"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle "
|
||||
"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
|
||||
"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` "
|
||||
"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line "
|
||||
"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options "
|
||||
"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line "
|
||||
"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current "
|
||||
"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing "
|
||||
"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To "
|
||||
"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of "
|
||||
"paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish "
|
||||
"to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on "
|
||||
"the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch"
|
||||
" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to "
|
||||
"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another "
|
||||
"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all "
|
||||
"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
" + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that "
|
||||
"replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File"
|
||||
" --> Side Pane`."
|
||||
" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window "
|
||||
"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that "
|
||||
"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To "
|
||||
"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To "
|
||||
"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or "
|
||||
"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the "
|
||||
"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved "
|
||||
"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`."
|
||||
"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will "
|
||||
"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even "
|
||||
"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may "
|
||||
"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text "
|
||||
"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and "
|
||||
"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad "
|
||||
"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move "
|
||||
"the mousewheel down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right "
|
||||
"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only "
|
||||
"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have "
|
||||
"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File "
|
||||
"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Copy File Name`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone "
|
||||
"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To "
|
||||
"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To"
|
||||
" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete "
|
||||
"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To "
|
||||
"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the "
|
||||
"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start"
|
||||
" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the "
|
||||
"bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the "
|
||||
"next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text "
|
||||
"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. "
|
||||
"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To "
|
||||
"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search "
|
||||
"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type "
|
||||
"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter "
|
||||
"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to "
|
||||
"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To "
|
||||
"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` "
|
||||
"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic "
|
||||
"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will "
|
||||
"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +Tab`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
|
||||
"--> Encoding` submenu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To "
|
||||
"Uppercase`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
"p`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` "
|
||||
"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not "
|
||||
"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same "
|
||||
"button to turn that off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the "
|
||||
"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the "
|
||||
"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show "
|
||||
"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` "
|
||||
"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only "
|
||||
"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have "
|
||||
"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close "
|
||||
"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file "
|
||||
"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system."
|
||||
"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To "
|
||||
"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. "
|
||||
"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`"
|
||||
" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to "
|
||||
"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by "
|
||||
"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax"
|
||||
" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. "
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line "
|
||||
"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the "
|
||||
"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. "
|
||||
"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart "
|
||||
"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make "
|
||||
"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line "
|
||||
"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The "
|
||||
"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes "
|
||||
"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much "
|
||||
"easier to see."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets "
|
||||
"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons "
|
||||
"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the "
|
||||
"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non "
|
||||
"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of "
|
||||
"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last "
|
||||
"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with "
|
||||
"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your "
|
||||
"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type "
|
||||
"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field."
|
||||
"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in "
|
||||
"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with "
|
||||
"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through "
|
||||
"the whole file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the "
|
||||
"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on "
|
||||
"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If "
|
||||
"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default"
|
||||
" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to "
|
||||
"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To "
|
||||
"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` "
|
||||
"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font "
|
||||
"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks"
|
||||
" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
|
||||
"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To "
|
||||
"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your "
|
||||
"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort "
|
||||
"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Sort Lines Reversely`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. "
|
||||
"code::"
|
||||
"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. "
|
||||
"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To"
|
||||
" change how many copies to print change the number in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper "
|
||||
"with a feather on it."
|
||||
"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that "
|
||||
"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`"
|
||||
" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add "
|
||||
"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this "
|
||||
"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a "
|
||||
"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left "
|
||||
"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check "
|
||||
"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. "
|
||||
"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in "
|
||||
"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not "
|
||||
"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying "
|
||||
":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how "
|
||||
"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have "
|
||||
"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for "
|
||||
"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this"
|
||||
" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the "
|
||||
"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. "
|
||||
"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the "
|
||||
"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`"
|
||||
" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the"
|
||||
" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not"
|
||||
" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the "
|
||||
"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window"
|
||||
" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you "
|
||||
"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in "
|
||||
"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` "
|
||||
"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap"
|
||||
" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap "
|
||||
"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new "
|
||||
"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. "
|
||||
"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple "
|
||||
"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same "
|
||||
"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens "
|
||||
"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line "
|
||||
"numbers` always shows line numbers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change "
|
||||
"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight "
|
||||
"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for "
|
||||
"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the "
|
||||
"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` "
|
||||
"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart "
|
||||
"Featherpad."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab "
|
||||
"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on "
|
||||
"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox"
|
||||
" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at "
|
||||
"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick "
|
||||
"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To "
|
||||
"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking "
|
||||
"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking "
|
||||
"from text cursor` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets "
|
||||
"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons "
|
||||
"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list "
|
||||
"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. "
|
||||
"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open "
|
||||
"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you "
|
||||
"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run "
|
||||
"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to "
|
||||
"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter"
|
||||
" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not "
|
||||
"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the "
|
||||
"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on "
|
||||
"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If "
|
||||
"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Default` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
|
||||
"Featherpad` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle "
|
||||
"for with a pencil on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "tabs"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "syntax highlighting"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "autoindent"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "autobracket"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "line numbers"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "search with find/replace"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "undo and redo"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to open a text "
|
||||
#~ "file press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a black and white folder or"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open "
|
||||
#~ "a file. To view your recently "
|
||||
#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new "
|
||||
#~ "file press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a piece of paper with a "
|
||||
#~ "plus sign. To save your file after"
|
||||
#~ " typing in the main part of the"
|
||||
#~ " window press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a floppy disk or press "
|
||||
#~ "controlTo save your file after typing"
|
||||
#~ " in the main part of the window"
|
||||
#~ " press the button that looks like "
|
||||
#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control "
|
||||
#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something"
|
||||
#~ " else has changed that file in "
|
||||
#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops"
|
||||
#~ " back on itself to reload the "
|
||||
#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you "
|
||||
#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in"
|
||||
#~ " the tab bar an * will show "
|
||||
#~ "if you have unsaved changes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To type things into your text file"
|
||||
#~ " the main part of the window "
|
||||
#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If "
|
||||
#~ "you are programming with featherpad the"
|
||||
#~ " file extension will probably automatically"
|
||||
#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting."
|
||||
#~ " To view line numbers of the "
|
||||
#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To"
|
||||
#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap "
|
||||
#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a new tab and empty "
|
||||
#~ "text file press the button with a"
|
||||
#~ " piece of paper with a plus "
|
||||
#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a"
|
||||
#~ " tab press the red x button. To"
|
||||
#~ " switch between tabs click on the "
|
||||
#~ "tab is not the close button. To"
|
||||
#~ " switch to the next tab press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To "
|
||||
#~ "switch to the previous tab press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. "
|
||||
#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to"
|
||||
#~ " left click on the tab in the"
|
||||
#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a"
|
||||
#~ " tab into a new window press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side"
|
||||
#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you make a mistake and want "
|
||||
#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
#~ "z` or press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards"
|
||||
#~ " the left. To redo a change you"
|
||||
#~ " have undone press the button with"
|
||||
#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the"
|
||||
#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift "
|
||||
#~ "+Z`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select all text in the text "
|
||||
#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To "
|
||||
#~ "copy text from featherpad press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Copy`. To paste text press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected "
|
||||
#~ "you can delete it by pressing "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date "
|
||||
#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift "
|
||||
#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
|
||||
#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the "
|
||||
#~ "end of the current line in the "
|
||||
#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To"
|
||||
#~ " move to the start of the "
|
||||
#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search your text file press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search"
|
||||
#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then "
|
||||
#~ "in the bar on the bottom search"
|
||||
#~ " for the text you want. Press "
|
||||
#~ "the down arrow to move to the "
|
||||
#~ "next result and the up arrow to"
|
||||
#~ " move for the previous result in "
|
||||
#~ "the text file. To jump to a "
|
||||
#~ "particular line in a file press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search "
|
||||
#~ "--> jump to` or the button that"
|
||||
#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar"
|
||||
#~ " at the bottom type in what "
|
||||
#~ "line you want to jump to. To "
|
||||
#~ "find and replace text press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search "
|
||||
#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you "
|
||||
#~ "want to Find in the find field "
|
||||
#~ "and type what you want to put "
|
||||
#~ "in with the Replace with field and"
|
||||
#~ " then press enter to finish the "
|
||||
#~ "finding and replacing through the whole"
|
||||
#~ " file."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change what font you want "
|
||||
#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to "
|
||||
#~ "change your font sizes. To change "
|
||||
#~ "each font on the on the font "
|
||||
#~ "level. To change the size type the"
|
||||
#~ " size you or select it from the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
#~ "select a font size simply use a"
|
||||
#~ " font style of italic or oblique. "
|
||||
#~ "To add an underlined font check "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view"
|
||||
#~ " a sample of your font "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your "
|
||||
#~ "text. The input a number of spaces"
|
||||
#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " +Tab`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save a file with a different"
|
||||
#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
|
||||
#~ "--> Encoding` submenu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make the text all lowercase "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To "
|
||||
#~ "make the text all uppercase press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->"
|
||||
#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To "
|
||||
#~ "have settings on the featherpad "
|
||||
#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` "
|
||||
#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your"
|
||||
#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size"
|
||||
#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the"
|
||||
#~ " toolbar you can press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. "
|
||||
#~ "To not show the menubar by default"
|
||||
#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show "
|
||||
#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab "
|
||||
#~ "position` moves where the tab around "
|
||||
#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar"
|
||||
#~ " with only one tab check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox. To have the window close "
|
||||
#~ "after closing the last tab check "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing "
|
||||
#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the "
|
||||
#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with"
|
||||
#~ " the system."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change prefrences on how text "
|
||||
#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` "
|
||||
#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what"
|
||||
#~ " font you want press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you "
|
||||
#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight "
|
||||
#~ "syntax by default uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox. If you want to change "
|
||||
#~ "the be able to change the syntax"
|
||||
#~ " highlight check the checkbox for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line "
|
||||
#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To"
|
||||
#~ " have a dark color scheme for "
|
||||
#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color "
|
||||
#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how"
|
||||
#~ " dark the value of this color "
|
||||
#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color "
|
||||
#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme"
|
||||
#~ " settings you will need to restart"
|
||||
#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text"
|
||||
#~ " tab size` is how wide to make"
|
||||
#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line "
|
||||
#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line "
|
||||
#~ "whenever you save your document. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing "
|
||||
#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at"
|
||||
#~ " the end of lines that is not"
|
||||
#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick"
|
||||
#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor"
|
||||
#~ " wider so it much easier to "
|
||||
#~ "see."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To modify changes to your files "
|
||||
#~ "from the prefrences dialog on "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number "
|
||||
#~ "of recent files` field lets you "
|
||||
#~ "change how many files show in "
|
||||
#~ "recent files. The set of radio "
|
||||
#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently"
|
||||
#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "recently opened files`. If you want "
|
||||
#~ "to autosave files check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox and then select the number "
|
||||
#~ "of minutes you want. If you do "
|
||||
#~ "not want to be able to open "
|
||||
#~ "non text files in featherpad check "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of"
|
||||
#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to repopen the files you had"
|
||||
#~ " last time the next time you "
|
||||
#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start "
|
||||
#~ "with files of last window`. If you"
|
||||
#~ " want featherpad to run executable "
|
||||
#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable"
|
||||
#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your"
|
||||
#~ " executable commands to start with "
|
||||
#~ "something such as an interpreter type"
|
||||
#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start "
|
||||
#~ "with this command` field."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of "
|
||||
#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`"
|
||||
#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is "
|
||||
#~ "what the shortcut does and the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To"
|
||||
#~ " change a shortcut double click on"
|
||||
#~ " the shortcut column and press what"
|
||||
#~ " you want the shortcut to become. "
|
||||
#~ "If you changed a setting on a "
|
||||
#~ "shortcut you can change it back to"
|
||||
#~ " the default by pressing the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In the menu go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or "
|
||||
#~ "run .. code::"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
|
||||
#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of"
|
||||
#~ " paper with a feather on it."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application."
|
||||
msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6
|
||||
@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "trignometric functions"
|
||||
msgid "Trigonometric functions"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "factorials"
|
||||
msgid "Factorials"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants."
|
||||
msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "memory"
|
||||
msgid "Memory"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "copy and paste"
|
||||
msgid "Copy and paste"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for "
|
||||
"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in"
|
||||
" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for "
|
||||
"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for "
|
||||
"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`."
|
||||
"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard "
|
||||
"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or "
|
||||
"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for "
|
||||
"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication"
|
||||
" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the "
|
||||
"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can"
|
||||
" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a "
|
||||
"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20
|
||||
@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"To make a number negative press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which "
|
||||
"looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a "
|
||||
"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a "
|
||||
":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the "
|
||||
"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would "
|
||||
"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by "
|
||||
"two."
|
||||
"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press "
|
||||
"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen "
|
||||
"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example "
|
||||
"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then"
|
||||
" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` "
|
||||
"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into "
|
||||
"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`"
|
||||
" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into "
|
||||
"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`"
|
||||
" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality"
|
||||
msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific "
|
||||
"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` "
|
||||
"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific "
|
||||
"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` "
|
||||
"radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by "
|
||||
"the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the "
|
||||
"reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you "
|
||||
@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The "
|
||||
"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will"
|
||||
" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end "
|
||||
"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by "
|
||||
"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you "
|
||||
"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`."
|
||||
"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself "
|
||||
"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number "
|
||||
"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`"
|
||||
" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 "
|
||||
":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for"
|
||||
" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the "
|
||||
"answer of 5,000."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in"
|
||||
" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a "
|
||||
"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in"
|
||||
" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a "
|
||||
"full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg"
|
||||
" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects "
|
||||
":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the"
|
||||
" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for "
|
||||
"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of "
|
||||
"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` "
|
||||
"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units."
|
||||
" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects "
|
||||
"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects "
|
||||
"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` "
|
||||
"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine "
|
||||
"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected."
|
||||
" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of "
|
||||
"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of "
|
||||
"the angle in the current units."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the "
|
||||
"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e "
|
||||
"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ln` button."
|
||||
"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button "
|
||||
"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different "
|
||||
"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`."
|
||||
"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the "
|
||||
"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, "
|
||||
"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of "
|
||||
"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a "
|
||||
"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from "
|
||||
"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button."
|
||||
"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different "
|
||||
"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want "
|
||||
"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a"
|
||||
" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from"
|
||||
" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Numerical System mode"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of "
|
||||
"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or "
|
||||
"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For "
|
||||
"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you "
|
||||
"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get "
|
||||
"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum "
|
||||
"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. "
|
||||
"If you want to show the result in the window title check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox."
|
||||
"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||||
" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change "
|
||||
"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a "
|
||||
"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the"
|
||||
" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch"
|
||||
" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for "
|
||||
"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not "
|
||||
"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back "
|
||||
"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts."
|
||||
" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button"
|
||||
" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the "
|
||||
"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the "
|
||||
"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Choose` button"
|
||||
"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the "
|
||||
"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical "
|
||||
"base."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Statistic Mode"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To "
|
||||
"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter "
|
||||
"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`CSt` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for "
|
||||
"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change "
|
||||
"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of "
|
||||
"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain "
|
||||
"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal"
|
||||
" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal "
|
||||
"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group "
|
||||
"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button "
|
||||
"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your "
|
||||
"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your "
|
||||
"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts."
|
||||
" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button"
|
||||
" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the "
|
||||
"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the "
|
||||
"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Pencil` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To "
|
||||
"change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in"
|
||||
" the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to "
|
||||
"select. To change the background color of your display choose a different"
|
||||
" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color "
|
||||
"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. "
|
||||
"To a change the color of the function button press button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for "
|
||||
"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds"
|
||||
" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To"
|
||||
" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the "
|
||||
"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||||
" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background "
|
||||
"color of the function buttons press the button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press"
|
||||
" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the "
|
||||
"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To "
|
||||
"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press "
|
||||
"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of "
|
||||
"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants "
|
||||
"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in"
|
||||
" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the "
|
||||
"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant."
|
||||
" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` "
|
||||
"to bring up a menu of predefined constants."
|
||||
"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. "
|
||||
"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the "
|
||||
"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you "
|
||||
"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press "
|
||||
"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see "
|
||||
"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change "
|
||||
"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on"
|
||||
" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes "
|
||||
"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use "
|
||||
"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89
|
||||
msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign "
|
||||
"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign."
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign "
|
||||
"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a"
|
||||
" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "trignometric functions"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "factorials"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "memory"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "copy and paste"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the "
|
||||
#~ "numbers and then press the sign "
|
||||
#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or"
|
||||
#~ " division. You can also type in "
|
||||
#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for"
|
||||
#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the"
|
||||
#~ " answer press the button that is "
|
||||
#~ "an :guilabel:`=`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make a number negative press "
|
||||
#~ "the button that looks like a "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press "
|
||||
#~ "the decimal point button which looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get "
|
||||
#~ "to the part which is less than "
|
||||
#~ "a whole number. To clear input "
|
||||
#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group "
|
||||
#~ "operations so they happen together use"
|
||||
#~ " the parenthesis to make things "
|
||||
#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)"
|
||||
#~ " would give the result of 10 "
|
||||
#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 "
|
||||
#~ "and then multiply by two."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc"
|
||||
#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` "
|
||||
#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu. To cut the text from "
|
||||
#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want even more functionality "
|
||||
#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific "
|
||||
#~ "mode which is acessed from "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` "
|
||||
#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` "
|
||||
#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by"
|
||||
#~ " the number currently on the "
|
||||
#~ "calculator also known as taking the "
|
||||
#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial"
|
||||
#~ " will take the number X you "
|
||||
#~ "entered and multiple each number going"
|
||||
#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would"
|
||||
#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The x squared button will take a"
|
||||
#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. "
|
||||
#~ "The button with x and a "
|
||||
#~ "superscript y will take x the "
|
||||
#~ "number you have in will exponeniate "
|
||||
#~ "x to the power of y. The x"
|
||||
#~ " 10 with a supercript y will "
|
||||
#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to "
|
||||
#~ "the power of y so for example "
|
||||
#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the "
|
||||
#~ "power of 3 entering in will give"
|
||||
#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want your own custom constant buttons"
|
||||
#~ " check the checkbox for "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the unit that angles are"
|
||||
#~ " measured in for triginometric units "
|
||||
#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form"
|
||||
#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians "
|
||||
#~ "form a full circle and 400 "
|
||||
#~ "gradians form a full circle. The "
|
||||
#~ "radio button for Deg is to select"
|
||||
#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, "
|
||||
#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the "
|
||||
#~ "unit of measurment of angles and "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the "
|
||||
#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you "
|
||||
#~ "have as the input and takes the"
|
||||
#~ " trigonometric sine function of that "
|
||||
#~ "value measured in the unit for "
|
||||
#~ "angles you have selected. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine "
|
||||
#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of "
|
||||
#~ "angle you have selected. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent "
|
||||
#~ "of the angle in the current units."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To have a log with the base "
|
||||
#~ "of 10 type the number you want "
|
||||
#~ "to take the log of then press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a"
|
||||
#~ " log based off e type the "
|
||||
#~ "number you want to take the "
|
||||
#~ "logarythm of then press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in "
|
||||
#~ "a menu for many different predetermined"
|
||||
#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To store a value in memory press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve "
|
||||
#~ "a value from memory press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value"
|
||||
#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The numerical system mode lets you "
|
||||
#~ "change your numerical base instead of"
|
||||
#~ " say the default base 10. To "
|
||||
#~ "switch to a binary calculations click"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To "
|
||||
#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format"
|
||||
#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button."
|
||||
#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format"
|
||||
#~ " or base 16 format click the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For "
|
||||
#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal"
|
||||
#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you "
|
||||
#~ "are in number that are not part"
|
||||
#~ " of a numerical base the button "
|
||||
#~ "will get grayed out. To switch "
|
||||
#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. "
|
||||
#~ "To change the maximum number of "
|
||||
#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number"
|
||||
#~ " of digits` field. If you want "
|
||||
#~ "to show the result in the window"
|
||||
#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result "
|
||||
#~ "in window title` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to"
|
||||
#~ " change settings with your fonts. To"
|
||||
#~ " choose the font for your buttons "
|
||||
#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` "
|
||||
#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
|
||||
#~ "to the font for the buttons on "
|
||||
#~ "your calculator. To change the font "
|
||||
#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how "
|
||||
#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the "
|
||||
#~ "colors of your user interface. To "
|
||||
#~ "change your foreground color will change"
|
||||
#~ " how the display or the number "
|
||||
#~ "in the interface is the color next"
|
||||
#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to"
|
||||
#~ " select. To change the background "
|
||||
#~ "color of your display choose a "
|
||||
#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` "
|
||||
#~ "button. To change the background color"
|
||||
#~ " of the function buttons press the"
|
||||
#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To"
|
||||
#~ " a change the color of the "
|
||||
#~ "function button press button next to "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change "
|
||||
#~ "the background color for hexidecimal "
|
||||
#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change "
|
||||
#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons"
|
||||
#~ " press the button next to "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background"
|
||||
#~ " of the memory keys press the "
|
||||
#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the background of operations "
|
||||
#~ "press the button next to "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your settings for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants "
|
||||
#~ "constants stored is in the constants "
|
||||
#~ "tab. To input a constant you have"
|
||||
#~ " in the field to the left is"
|
||||
#~ " the name of the constant on "
|
||||
#~ "the field to the left. The filed"
|
||||
#~ " in the center is where you put"
|
||||
#~ " the value of the constant. To "
|
||||
#~ "select from predefined constants press "
|
||||
#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring "
|
||||
#~ "up a menu of predefined constants."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
|
||||
#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with"
|
||||
#~ " a + sign a - sign a "
|
||||
#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system "
|
||||
"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right "
|
||||
"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the "
|
||||
"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want "
|
||||
"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in"
|
||||
" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon"
|
||||
" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To"
|
||||
" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same "
|
||||
"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear "
|
||||
"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image "
|
||||
"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray "
|
||||
"icon."
|
||||
"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray."
|
||||
" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a "
|
||||
"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your "
|
||||
"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the "
|
||||
"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you "
|
||||
"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your "
|
||||
"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right"
|
||||
" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard"
|
||||
" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what "
|
||||
"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get "
|
||||
"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with "
|
||||
"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your "
|
||||
"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on "
|
||||
"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum "
|
||||
"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press "
|
||||
"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to "
|
||||
"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you "
|
||||
"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Select icon` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim "
|
||||
"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and "
|
||||
"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific "
|
||||
"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard "
|
||||
"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to "
|
||||
"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No "
|
||||
"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have"
|
||||
" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE "
|
||||
"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close "
|
||||
"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change "
|
||||
"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of "
|
||||
"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu "
|
||||
@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines "
|
||||
"of writing in different columns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted "
|
||||
#~ "in the panel and click on the "
|
||||
@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "command line run qlipper."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted "
|
||||
#~ "in the panel and click on the "
|
||||
#~ "system tray icon that looks like a"
|
||||
#~ " clipboard or you can press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want "
|
||||
#~ "an item to always show up right"
|
||||
#~ " click on the clipboard and press "
|
||||
#~ "the configure gear icon click on "
|
||||
#~ "the sticky items divider and press "
|
||||
#~ "the add button and add what you"
|
||||
#~ " want always to be listed in "
|
||||
#~ "qlipper. To change how many items "
|
||||
#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total "
|
||||
#~ "right click on qlipper and configure "
|
||||
#~ "with the gear icon and change "
|
||||
#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired"
|
||||
#~ " number of entries. To change how "
|
||||
#~ "many characters show up on qlipper "
|
||||
#~ "from the same configuration screen "
|
||||
#~ "change maximum display size. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to clear your clipboard history "
|
||||
#~ "right click on the tray icon and"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the tray icon image to "
|
||||
#~ "something custom click on the tray "
|
||||
#~ "icon right click on the tray icon"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press "
|
||||
#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon"
|
||||
#~ " image` which has an option to "
|
||||
#~ "load a custom tray icon."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
39
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po
Normal file
39
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-"
|
||||
"configtool`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. "
|
||||
"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then "
|
||||
"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on "
|
||||
"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with "
|
||||
"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this "
|
||||
"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it "
|
||||
"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on"
|
||||
" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook "
|
||||
"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete "
|
||||
"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To "
|
||||
"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which "
|
||||
"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note "
|
||||
"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete "
|
||||
"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on "
|
||||
"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Delete note`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and "
|
||||
"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of"
|
||||
" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the "
|
||||
"confirmation dialog."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to "
|
||||
"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
|
||||
"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`."
|
||||
"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want "
|
||||
"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for "
|
||||
"notes`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system"
|
||||
" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to "
|
||||
"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font"
|
||||
" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle "
|
||||
"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show "
|
||||
"source menu entry`."
|
||||
"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to "
|
||||
"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
|
||||
"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22
|
||||
@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the "
|
||||
"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which "
|
||||
"can bring back up the noblenote window."
|
||||
"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the "
|
||||
"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the "
|
||||
"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully "
|
||||
"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in "
|
||||
"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` "
|
||||
"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` "
|
||||
"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then"
|
||||
" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font "
|
||||
"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select "
|
||||
"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for "
|
||||
"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case "
|
||||
"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case "
|
||||
"sensitve` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** "
|
||||
"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or "
|
||||
"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To "
|
||||
"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a "
|
||||
"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a "
|
||||
"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes"
|
||||
" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text "
|
||||
"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose "
|
||||
"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line "
|
||||
"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet "
|
||||
"points and a horizontal line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> "
|
||||
"noblenote` or run"
|
||||
"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
|
||||
"nobleNote` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "on the commandline."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of "
|
||||
"paper with a pencil."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system"
|
||||
" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to "
|
||||
"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you "
|
||||
"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of "
|
||||
"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To "
|
||||
"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` "
|
||||
"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large "
|
||||
"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the"
|
||||
" default font size change in the small to the right with a number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " noblenote on the commandline."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To start a new note right click"
|
||||
#~ " on the right hand column new "
|
||||
#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New "
|
||||
#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this"
|
||||
#~ " note. To open a note double "
|
||||
#~ "click on that note from the right"
|
||||
#~ " hand column which will open a "
|
||||
#~ "new window with your note in it."
|
||||
#~ " To input text in the note type"
|
||||
#~ " in the main body of this "
|
||||
#~ "window after clicking on it."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook"
|
||||
#~ " right click on a notebook and "
|
||||
#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook"
|
||||
#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, "
|
||||
#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and"
|
||||
#~ " want to undo your changes press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit "
|
||||
#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste"
|
||||
#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your "
|
||||
#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right "
|
||||
#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
|
||||
#~ "select all text in a note press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||||
#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in"
|
||||
#~ " your system tray after you close "
|
||||
#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close "
|
||||
#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to"
|
||||
#~ " change the font for editing notes"
|
||||
#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default"
|
||||
#~ " font` underneath has the font and"
|
||||
#~ " font size. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format "
|
||||
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to"
|
||||
#~ " the HTML format`. If you want "
|
||||
#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show"
|
||||
#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "\"Show source menu entry`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bring back up your note "
|
||||
#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon "
|
||||
#~ "in the system tray on the lower"
|
||||
#~ " right hand corner of the panel "
|
||||
#~ "by default which can bring back up"
|
||||
#~ " the noblenote window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "on the commandline."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default."
|
||||
msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same "
|
||||
"number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game "
|
||||
"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the "
|
||||
"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of"
|
||||
" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at "
|
||||
"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the "
|
||||
"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your "
|
||||
"current score."
|
||||
"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the "
|
||||
"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score "
|
||||
"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the"
|
||||
" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block "
|
||||
"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score "
|
||||
"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with"
|
||||
" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see"
|
||||
" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New "
|
||||
"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New "
|
||||
"Game`."
|
||||
"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`"
|
||||
" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the "
|
||||
"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13
|
||||
@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- "
|
||||
"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run"
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in "
|
||||
"white text."
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square "
|
||||
"with 2048 written in white text."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " from the commanmd-line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows"
|
||||
#~ " keys to combine blocks with the "
|
||||
#~ "same number on them without having "
|
||||
#~ "no possible moves at which point "
|
||||
#~ "the game is over. As you combine"
|
||||
#~ " numbers your score increases by the"
|
||||
#~ " sum of the new block(s) you "
|
||||
#~ "make and is shown towards the "
|
||||
#~ "upper right hand corner of the "
|
||||
#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is "
|
||||
#~ "the best you have done at this "
|
||||
#~ "game and is also shown towards the"
|
||||
#~ " upper right hand corner. To the "
|
||||
#~ "left of you high score is your "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of "
|
||||
#~ "your current score."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If midway you want to restart to"
|
||||
#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New"
|
||||
#~ " Game` button on the right hand "
|
||||
#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New "
|
||||
#~ "Game`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of "
|
||||
#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To"
|
||||
#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon "
|
||||
#~ "looks like a green square with "
|
||||
#~ "2048 in white text."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
47
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po
Normal file
47
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
|
||||
"QtPass` or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a new data project to save documents and other files "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files "
|
||||
"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to "
|
||||
"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but "
|
||||
"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as "
|
||||
"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD "
|
||||
"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of "
|
||||
"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left "
|
||||
"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an "
|
||||
"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the "
|
||||
"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back "
|
||||
"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is "
|
||||
"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all "
|
||||
"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press "
|
||||
":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the "
|
||||
"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the"
|
||||
" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding "
|
||||
"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right"
|
||||
" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned "
|
||||
"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click "
|
||||
"and select :kbd:`Rename`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and "
|
||||
"the disc should eject when it is done."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> "
|
||||
"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from "
|
||||
"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read "
|
||||
"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or "
|
||||
"DVD players for less noise."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data "
|
||||
"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
|
||||
"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected "
|
||||
"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what "
|
||||
"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a "
|
||||
"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose "
|
||||
"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the"
|
||||
" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the "
|
||||
"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a "
|
||||
"white flame on top."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||||
"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b "
|
||||
"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while "
|
||||
"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it "
|
||||
"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To "
|
||||
"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for "
|
||||
"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process "
|
||||
"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`,"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show"
|
||||
" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` "
|
||||
"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the "
|
||||
"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in "
|
||||
"the center column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window "
|
||||
"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the "
|
||||
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "K3b from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch K3b from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It "
|
||||
"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your "
|
||||
"system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the "
|
||||
"ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of "
|
||||
"each application. To change the Volume of each application on the "
|
||||
"playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for"
|
||||
" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and "
|
||||
"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make"
|
||||
" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output "
|
||||
"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent "
|
||||
"if it is too quiet."
|
||||
" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much "
|
||||
"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button "
|
||||
"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray "
|
||||
"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop "
|
||||
"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams "
|
||||
"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume "
|
||||
"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to"
|
||||
" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple "
|
||||
"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by "
|
||||
"using the :guilabel:`on` menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different "
|
||||
"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button "
|
||||
"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an "
|
||||
"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the "
|
||||
"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more "
|
||||
"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show "
|
||||
"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will"
|
||||
" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly "
|
||||
"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you"
|
||||
" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding "
|
||||
"the sliders just like for volume."
|
||||
"To view settings for applications recording audio use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab "
|
||||
"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute"
|
||||
" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over"
|
||||
" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To"
|
||||
" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change "
|
||||
"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word "
|
||||
":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and "
|
||||
"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. "
|
||||
"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front "
|
||||
"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Front Right` slider."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your"
|
||||
" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To"
|
||||
" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or "
|
||||
"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or "
|
||||
"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different "
|
||||
"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button "
|
||||
"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an "
|
||||
"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the "
|
||||
"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound "
|
||||
"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view "
|
||||
"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will "
|
||||
"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`"
|
||||
" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a "
|
||||
"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock "
|
||||
"button where you can change the balance between the left and right "
|
||||
"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup "
|
||||
"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own "
|
||||
"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each "
|
||||
"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your"
|
||||
" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To"
|
||||
" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or "
|
||||
"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line "
|
||||
"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but"
|
||||
" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the "
|
||||
"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock"
|
||||
" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more "
|
||||
"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider "
|
||||
"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the "
|
||||
"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound "
|
||||
"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run"
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each "
|
||||
"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers "
|
||||
"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device"
|
||||
" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change "
|
||||
"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable"
|
||||
" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control "
|
||||
"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button."
|
||||
"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &"
|
||||
" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is"
|
||||
" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks "
|
||||
"like a speaker."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " and click the mixer button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio "
|
||||
#~ "volume control gives you the ability "
|
||||
#~ "to the control the output device, "
|
||||
#~ "mute, or change the volume of each"
|
||||
#~ " application. To change the Volume of"
|
||||
#~ " each application on the playback "
|
||||
#~ "slide the slider to the right for"
|
||||
#~ " more volume or to the left for"
|
||||
#~ " less volume. The button with an "
|
||||
#~ "X over the speaker is a mute "
|
||||
#~ "button and if it is a darker "
|
||||
#~ "gray that application is currently muted"
|
||||
#~ " and can't make any sound. The "
|
||||
#~ "drop down menu has next to the "
|
||||
#~ "word on shows the output source. "
|
||||
#~ "This program also in software allows "
|
||||
#~ "you to go over 100 percent if "
|
||||
#~ "it is too quiet."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows "
|
||||
#~ "different output for different sounds. "
|
||||
#~ "To mute one output such as a "
|
||||
#~ "set of speakers presss the button "
|
||||
#~ "that looks like a speaker with an"
|
||||
#~ " X on it. To increase the "
|
||||
#~ "volume of an output slide the "
|
||||
#~ "slider for that output to the "
|
||||
#~ "right. To decrease the volume for "
|
||||
#~ "each output slide the slider to "
|
||||
#~ "the left. To view more advanced "
|
||||
#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced "
|
||||
#~ "options` will show advanced options. The"
|
||||
#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency "
|
||||
#~ "offset` will be shown for for how"
|
||||
#~ " long to shift offset for latency "
|
||||
#~ "for say a badly synced video. To"
|
||||
#~ " the right of the mute button "
|
||||
#~ "there is a button where you can"
|
||||
#~ " change the balance between the left"
|
||||
#~ " and right speakers by sliding the"
|
||||
#~ " sliders just like for volume."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager "
|
||||
#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your "
|
||||
#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a speaker. "
|
||||
#~ "To adjust input volume slide the "
|
||||
#~ "slider to the right to increase "
|
||||
#~ "volume or to the left to decrease"
|
||||
#~ " volume. To select which input such"
|
||||
#~ " as line in or microphone for "
|
||||
#~ "your device is in a drop down "
|
||||
#~ "menu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control "
|
||||
#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and "
|
||||
#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`"
|
||||
#~ " or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. Another way "
|
||||
#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control"
|
||||
#~ " is to click on the volume "
|
||||
#~ "applet in the panel and click the"
|
||||
#~ " mixer button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC"
|
||||
@ -30,163 +30,542 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open media stored locally on your system click media open "
|
||||
":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on "
|
||||
"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +"
|
||||
" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open "
|
||||
"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently "
|
||||
"opened media in case you want to view media again in "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have "
|
||||
"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+V`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical "
|
||||
"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press "
|
||||
"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which "
|
||||
"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> "
|
||||
"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back "
|
||||
"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Always on top`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. "
|
||||
"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
|
||||
"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to "
|
||||
"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles"
|
||||
" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio "
|
||||
"--> Mute`."
|
||||
"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an "
|
||||
"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once "
|
||||
"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to"
|
||||
" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> "
|
||||
"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole "
|
||||
"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case "
|
||||
"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent "
|
||||
"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or "
|
||||
"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> "
|
||||
"Open Location from clipboard`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical "
|
||||
"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press "
|
||||
"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which "
|
||||
"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> "
|
||||
"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back "
|
||||
"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the "
|
||||
"same way again to make it back to how it was before."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. "
|
||||
"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
|
||||
"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to "
|
||||
"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles"
|
||||
" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio "
|
||||
"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the "
|
||||
"volume again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts "
|
||||
"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will"
|
||||
" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider "
|
||||
"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback"
|
||||
" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you "
|
||||
"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point "
|
||||
"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump "
|
||||
"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 "
|
||||
"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds "
|
||||
"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two "
|
||||
"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a "
|
||||
"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a "
|
||||
"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a "
|
||||
"different left and right channel on each speaker will be "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come"
|
||||
" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` "
|
||||
"and likewise for Right."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts "
|
||||
"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will"
|
||||
" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider "
|
||||
"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback"
|
||||
" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you "
|
||||
"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point "
|
||||
"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump "
|
||||
"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 "
|
||||
"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds "
|
||||
"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical "
|
||||
"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on "
|
||||
"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency "
|
||||
"up to increase the volcume at that frequency."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that "
|
||||
"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your "
|
||||
"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To "
|
||||
"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist"
|
||||
" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist"
|
||||
" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To "
|
||||
"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the "
|
||||
"version of the playlist you like the look of the best."
|
||||
"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You "
|
||||
"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and "
|
||||
"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio "
|
||||
"mode you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that "
|
||||
"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your "
|
||||
"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To "
|
||||
"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist"
|
||||
" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a "
|
||||
"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a "
|
||||
"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove "
|
||||
"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. "
|
||||
"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`"
|
||||
" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left "
|
||||
"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If "
|
||||
"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above"
|
||||
" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or"
|
||||
" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or "
|
||||
"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track "
|
||||
"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the "
|
||||
"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked "
|
||||
"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same "
|
||||
"window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the "
|
||||
"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where"
|
||||
" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side "
|
||||
"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current "
|
||||
"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click "
|
||||
"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you "
|
||||
"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your "
|
||||
"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display "
|
||||
"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a "
|
||||
"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your "
|
||||
"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To "
|
||||
"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow"
|
||||
" pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the "
|
||||
"left. To randomize your playlist press the button with two crossing "
|
||||
"arrows on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback "
|
||||
"slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> "
|
||||
"Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have"
|
||||
" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`."
|
||||
" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit "
|
||||
"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access "
|
||||
"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video "
|
||||
"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video "
|
||||
"will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again "
|
||||
"or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced "
|
||||
"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed "
|
||||
"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
|
||||
"Ratio` and select the one you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red "
|
||||
"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop "
|
||||
"recording."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC "
|
||||
"media player` or run"
|
||||
"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the "
|
||||
"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current "
|
||||
"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click"
|
||||
" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far"
|
||||
" right is the duration of the file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
|
||||
"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your "
|
||||
"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you "
|
||||
"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing "
|
||||
"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an "
|
||||
"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one "
|
||||
"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> "
|
||||
"Visualizations --> Disable`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks "
|
||||
"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on"
|
||||
" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or "
|
||||
"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right "
|
||||
"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the "
|
||||
"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume "
|
||||
"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease "
|
||||
"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system "
|
||||
"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system "
|
||||
"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Effects and Filters"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical "
|
||||
"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
|
||||
"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at "
|
||||
"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an "
|
||||
"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the "
|
||||
"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the "
|
||||
"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To "
|
||||
"open a dialog"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud "
|
||||
"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To"
|
||||
" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of"
|
||||
" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track "
|
||||
"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the "
|
||||
"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track "
|
||||
"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your "
|
||||
"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change"
|
||||
" how many frames per second on your subtitle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video "
|
||||
"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your "
|
||||
"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the "
|
||||
"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not "
|
||||
"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the"
|
||||
" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the "
|
||||
"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` "
|
||||
"slider."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a"
|
||||
" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take "
|
||||
"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` "
|
||||
"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same "
|
||||
"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number "
|
||||
"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of "
|
||||
"colors on your video from slight transitions check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white "
|
||||
"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia "
|
||||
"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose "
|
||||
"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or "
|
||||
"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate "
|
||||
"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 "
|
||||
"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate"
|
||||
" your video by the number of degrees you want check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have"
|
||||
" have the video rotated."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what "
|
||||
"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a "
|
||||
"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. "
|
||||
"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume "
|
||||
"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a "
|
||||
"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup "
|
||||
"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force"
|
||||
" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom"
|
||||
" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one "
|
||||
"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance"
|
||||
" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To "
|
||||
"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback "
|
||||
"or ask to ask for playback."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close "
|
||||
"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable "
|
||||
"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change "
|
||||
"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To "
|
||||
"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. "
|
||||
"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. "
|
||||
"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is "
|
||||
"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing "
|
||||
"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window "
|
||||
"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window "
|
||||
"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video "
|
||||
"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video."
|
||||
" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the "
|
||||
"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is "
|
||||
"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop "
|
||||
"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` "
|
||||
"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose "
|
||||
"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "  "
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the "
|
||||
"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to "
|
||||
"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` "
|
||||
"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters "
|
||||
"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your "
|
||||
"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your "
|
||||
"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change "
|
||||
"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline "
|
||||
"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. "
|
||||
"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox."
|
||||
" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. "
|
||||
"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific"
|
||||
" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down "
|
||||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default "
|
||||
"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network "
|
||||
"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The "
|
||||
"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double "
|
||||
"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the "
|
||||
"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling "
|
||||
"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`"
|
||||
" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->"
|
||||
" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some "
|
||||
"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` "
|
||||
"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right "
|
||||
"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the "
|
||||
"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the "
|
||||
"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of "
|
||||
"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over "
|
||||
"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right "
|
||||
"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired "
|
||||
"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and "
|
||||
"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time "
|
||||
"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the "
|
||||
"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced "
|
||||
"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on"
|
||||
" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> "
|
||||
"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have "
|
||||
"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. "
|
||||
"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view "
|
||||
"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To"
|
||||
" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`."
|
||||
" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload "
|
||||
"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second"
|
||||
" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To"
|
||||
" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC "
|
||||
"media player` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open media stored locally on "
|
||||
#~ "your system click media open "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and "
|
||||
#~ "navigate your local files or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to "
|
||||
#~ "open files stored locally on your "
|
||||
#~ "machine. If you wish to open media"
|
||||
#~ " from somewhere on the internet on"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network "
|
||||
#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`."
|
||||
#~ " To open a whole directory use "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also "
|
||||
#~ "keeps track of recently opened media "
|
||||
#~ "in case you want to view media "
|
||||
#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open "
|
||||
#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If "
|
||||
#~ "you have copied a path in your "
|
||||
#~ "clipboard or something you can press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To pause playback of a file press"
|
||||
#~ " the button that look like two "
|
||||
#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->"
|
||||
#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the"
|
||||
#~ " right playback button. To toggle "
|
||||
#~ "fullscreen press the button which has"
|
||||
#~ " the four corners of the screen "
|
||||
#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to"
|
||||
#~ " make it fullscreen and the four "
|
||||
#~ "screens to have it back into "
|
||||
#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always "
|
||||
#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always "
|
||||
#~ "on top`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there"
|
||||
#~ " is a bar that gets wider for"
|
||||
#~ " volume. Click farther to the right"
|
||||
#~ " to increase volume within vlc or "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume"
|
||||
#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
|
||||
#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over "
|
||||
#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to"
|
||||
#~ " control volume. The button that "
|
||||
#~ "looks like a speaker next to this"
|
||||
#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way "
|
||||
#~ "to mute the volume is to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make the same sound come out"
|
||||
#~ " of both speakers go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> "
|
||||
#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a "
|
||||
#~ "different left and right channel on "
|
||||
#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio "
|
||||
#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To "
|
||||
#~ "make all sound come from the left"
|
||||
#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo "
|
||||
#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for "
|
||||
#~ "Right."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To see how long you have been "
|
||||
#~ "watching the current piece of media "
|
||||
#~ "counts up above the play pause "
|
||||
#~ "button in a time. At the other "
|
||||
#~ "side a number will show the length"
|
||||
#~ " of the media you are playing "
|
||||
#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the"
|
||||
#~ " current time. Moving the slider to"
|
||||
#~ " the left will rewind playback while"
|
||||
#~ " moving it to the left will "
|
||||
#~ "fast forward playback. When you "
|
||||
#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it"
|
||||
#~ " will show the time at that "
|
||||
#~ "point and that will jump to that"
|
||||
#~ " time when you left click. Another"
|
||||
#~ " way to jump to a specific time"
|
||||
#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific"
|
||||
#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds "
|
||||
#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To"
|
||||
#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open an equalizier press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like several physical"
|
||||
#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio "
|
||||
#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on"
|
||||
#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or"
|
||||
#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency"
|
||||
#~ " up to increase the volcume at "
|
||||
#~ "that frequency."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view a playlist of music or "
|
||||
#~ "videos you can view press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that is several horizontal lines"
|
||||
#~ " and then a trianglular play button"
|
||||
#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole "
|
||||
#~ "view of your playlist. To return "
|
||||
#~ "to your original view press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more "
|
||||
#~ "files to your playlist right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the bottom of the playlist "
|
||||
#~ "window and click add file to add"
|
||||
#~ " an additonal file. To move the "
|
||||
#~ "playlist to a particular file and "
|
||||
#~ "to have that play double click "
|
||||
#~ "that file. To change the view of"
|
||||
#~ " the playlist right click playlist "
|
||||
#~ "view mode to the version of the"
|
||||
#~ " playlist you like the look of "
|
||||
#~ "the best."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To speed up playback faster than "
|
||||
#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or "
|
||||
#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> "
|
||||
#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower"
|
||||
#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> "
|
||||
#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your"
|
||||
#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback "
|
||||
#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If "
|
||||
#~ "you want to have vlc end at "
|
||||
#~ "the end of the playlist click the"
|
||||
#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at"
|
||||
#~ " end of playlist`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want a minimal interface "
|
||||
#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View "
|
||||
#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the "
|
||||
#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can "
|
||||
#~ "right click on where the video "
|
||||
#~ "will play. To get back to the "
|
||||
#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again "
|
||||
#~ "or right click and then "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view more advanced controls "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. "
|
||||
#~ "To view to a status bar with "
|
||||
#~ "what is playing and the speed with"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a"
|
||||
#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
|
||||
#~ "Ratio` and select the one you "
|
||||
#~ "wish."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go "
|
||||
#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> "
|
||||
#~ "VLC media player` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video"
|
||||
@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling "
|
||||
"volume."
|
||||
"volume and outputs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter documents playing media, "
|
||||
#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2 Applications"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx"
|
||||
@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have "
|
||||
"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray"
|
||||
" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual "
|
||||
"Keyboard`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray"
|
||||
" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard."
|
||||
"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the "
|
||||
"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the "
|
||||
"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`."
|
||||
"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the "
|
||||
"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the "
|
||||
"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`."
|
||||
"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click "
|
||||
"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up."
|
||||
" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will "
|
||||
"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on "
|
||||
"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only "
|
||||
"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your "
|
||||
"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down"
|
||||
" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default "
|
||||
"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change "
|
||||
"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx"
|
||||
" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus"
|
||||
" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray"
|
||||
" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray "
|
||||
"icon :menuselection:`Exit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->"
|
||||
" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run "
|
||||
"the applet from the command line run"
|
||||
"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
|
||||
" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from "
|
||||
"the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "run `fcitx`"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the tray icon in the "
|
||||
#~ "system tray that looks like a "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To switch your keyboard method with "
|
||||
#~ "the applet is to left click on "
|
||||
#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->"
|
||||
#~ " Desired keyboard layout`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog "
|
||||
#~ "for input method right click on "
|
||||
#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure"
|
||||
#~ " current input method`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To restart fcitx right click on "
|
||||
#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`."
|
||||
#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right "
|
||||
#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> "
|
||||
#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin "
|
||||
#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to"
|
||||
#~ " run the applet from the command "
|
||||
#~ "line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop"
|
||||
@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by "
|
||||
"the keyboard."
|
||||
"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by "
|
||||
"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the "
|
||||
"process."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of "
|
||||
"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down"
|
||||
" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your"
|
||||
" cpu cores."
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of "
|
||||
"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers"
|
||||
" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage "
|
||||
"on each of your CPU cores."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five "
|
||||
"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load "
|
||||
"(computing) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_ for more "
|
||||
"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been "
|
||||
"booted."
|
||||
"To see how many process are running on your system see the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load "
|
||||
"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers "
|
||||
"see `Wikipedia load (computing) "
|
||||
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_ for more information. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12
|
||||
#, python-format
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the "
|
||||
"Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` "
|
||||
"is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows "
|
||||
"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent"
|
||||
" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the "
|
||||
"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line "
|
||||
"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut "
|
||||
"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` "
|
||||
"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how"
|
||||
" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command"
|
||||
" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut "
|
||||
"off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press "
|
||||
"the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the "
|
||||
"currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above."
|
||||
" To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page "
|
||||
"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press "
|
||||
"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing "
|
||||
":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order"
|
||||
" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes "
|
||||
"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the "
|
||||
"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` "
|
||||
"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals "
|
||||
"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will "
|
||||
"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal."
|
||||
"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. "
|
||||
"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. "
|
||||
"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it "
|
||||
"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of "
|
||||
"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. "
|
||||
"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To "
|
||||
"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` "
|
||||
"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and"
|
||||
" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing "
|
||||
":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up"
|
||||
" your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Command`."
|
||||
":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The "
|
||||
":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in "
|
||||
"htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for "
|
||||
"htop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or "
|
||||
":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Spacebar` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29
|
||||
@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with "
|
||||
"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with "
|
||||
"the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " run htop from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface "
|
||||
#~ "task manager that can be controled "
|
||||
#~ "by the keyboard."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view how much RAM is being "
|
||||
#~ "used on your system is under "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number "
|
||||
#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of "
|
||||
#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how "
|
||||
#~ "much swap is used. The numbers "
|
||||
#~ "going down with a bar with a "
|
||||
#~ "percentage next to them display useage"
|
||||
#~ " on each of your cpu cores."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system "
|
||||
#~ "laod over the past one five and"
|
||||
#~ " fiften minute is why there are "
|
||||
#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load "
|
||||
#~ "(computing) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_"
|
||||
#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` "
|
||||
#~ "shows how long your computer has "
|
||||
#~ "been booted."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "After the bottom there is a green"
|
||||
#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for "
|
||||
#~ "the Process ID of a user, The "
|
||||
#~ "user the process responds to, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the "
|
||||
#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`"
|
||||
#~ " shows how much as a percent of"
|
||||
#~ " CPU time the process is using, "
|
||||
#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM "
|
||||
#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` "
|
||||
#~ "shows how long the process has "
|
||||
#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the"
|
||||
#~ " command line command of the process."
|
||||
#~ " To view any cut off part of"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut"
|
||||
#~ " off area of the window. To "
|
||||
#~ "move your window back to where it"
|
||||
#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` "
|
||||
#~ "key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select the process below the "
|
||||
#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down "
|
||||
#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. "
|
||||
#~ "To select the process above the "
|
||||
#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up "
|
||||
#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. "
|
||||
#~ "To select the next group of "
|
||||
#~ "processes on your screen press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous"
|
||||
#~ " group of procces on your screen "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the "
|
||||
#~ "last process on your system press "
|
||||
#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the "
|
||||
#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help "
|
||||
#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a "
|
||||
#~ "particular process. To reverse sort "
|
||||
#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` "
|
||||
#~ "makes it so you can only see "
|
||||
#~ "processes matching a certain partern. "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to "
|
||||
#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To"
|
||||
#~ " get back to the default view "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you kill a process with "
|
||||
#~ "different signals to send to the "
|
||||
#~ "process and 15 will terminate the "
|
||||
#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. "
|
||||
#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and "
|
||||
#~ "return you to a terminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change how your process are "
|
||||
#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring"
|
||||
#~ " up your own menu to sort by"
|
||||
#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable "
|
||||
#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` "
|
||||
#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. "
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option "
|
||||
#~ "for different ways to display in "
|
||||
#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings "
|
||||
#~ "up different color schemes for htop."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch htop from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with"
|
||||
#~ " the Icon that looks like the "
|
||||
#~ "green H made out of text or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down "
|
||||
"version."
|
||||
"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down "
|
||||
"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in "
|
||||
"the terminal see `Appendix C "
|
||||
"<https://manual.lubuntu.me/C/command_line.html>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To "
|
||||
"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You "
|
||||
"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you "
|
||||
"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the "
|
||||
"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the "
|
||||
"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to "
|
||||
"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to "
|
||||
"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really "
|
||||
"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are "
|
||||
"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If "
|
||||
"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go "
|
||||
":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command "
|
||||
"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
|
||||
"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double "
|
||||
"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on "
|
||||
"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch "
|
||||
"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left "
|
||||
"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you "
|
||||
"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +"
|
||||
" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from "
|
||||
"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit "
|
||||
"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the "
|
||||
"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a "
|
||||
"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want "
|
||||
"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new "
|
||||
"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command "
|
||||
"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address "
|
||||
"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left "
|
||||
"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or "
|
||||
"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or "
|
||||
"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen"
|
||||
" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it "
|
||||
"back to its original size."
|
||||
"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link "
|
||||
"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom"
|
||||
" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom "
|
||||
"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then "
|
||||
":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back "
|
||||
"to its original size."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you "
|
||||
"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward"
|
||||
" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom "
|
||||
"start typing and it will focus on the bottom."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
|
||||
"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> "
|
||||
"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to"
|
||||
" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. "
|
||||
"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want."
|
||||
" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top "
|
||||
"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top "
|
||||
"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right "
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
|
||||
"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions "
|
||||
"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal "
|
||||
"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse "
|
||||
"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the "
|
||||
"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt "
|
||||
"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the"
|
||||
" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top"
|
||||
" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` "
|
||||
"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right "
|
||||
"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right "
|
||||
"Subterminal`."
|
||||
"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions "
|
||||
"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page "
|
||||
"Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous"
|
||||
" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
|
||||
" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the "
|
||||
"left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window "
|
||||
"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To "
|
||||
"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again."
|
||||
" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. "
|
||||
"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To "
|
||||
"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To "
|
||||
"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all "
|
||||
"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. "
|
||||
"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the "
|
||||
"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` "
|
||||
"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal "
|
||||
"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system"
|
||||
" widget style with something other than system default. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or"
|
||||
" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar"
|
||||
" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` "
|
||||
"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, "
|
||||
"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a"
|
||||
" | character."
|
||||
"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window "
|
||||
"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right "
|
||||
"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing "
|
||||
"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back "
|
||||
"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab "
|
||||
"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the "
|
||||
"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one "
|
||||
"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the"
|
||||
" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border "
|
||||
"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on "
|
||||
"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window."
|
||||
"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`"
|
||||
" to have the terminal drop down or roll up."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent "
|
||||
"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the "
|
||||
"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this "
|
||||
"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The "
|
||||
"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal "
|
||||
"splits to have when you start up qterminal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout"
|
||||
" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`cancel` button."
|
||||
"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a "
|
||||
"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different "
|
||||
"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an "
|
||||
"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only "
|
||||
"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline"
|
||||
" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess "
|
||||
"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation "
|
||||
"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position "
|
||||
"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open"
|
||||
" new terminals in the last working directory you were on."
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or"
|
||||
" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change "
|
||||
"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size"
|
||||
" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with "
|
||||
"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change"
|
||||
" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different "
|
||||
"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget "
|
||||
"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other "
|
||||
"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the"
|
||||
" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of "
|
||||
"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor "
|
||||
"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, "
|
||||
"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu "
|
||||
"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` "
|
||||
"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the"
|
||||
" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border "
|
||||
"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal "
|
||||
"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both "
|
||||
"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-"
|
||||
"directional text support`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent "
|
||||
"transparent for the full application transparency. The field "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the "
|
||||
"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this "
|
||||
"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The "
|
||||
"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal "
|
||||
"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left "
|
||||
"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a "
|
||||
"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout"
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different "
|
||||
"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will "
|
||||
"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in "
|
||||
"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting "
|
||||
"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted "
|
||||
"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you "
|
||||
"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a "
|
||||
"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing "
|
||||
"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working "
|
||||
"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you "
|
||||
"were on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how "
|
||||
"to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what "
|
||||
"the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
"double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard"
|
||||
" shortcut you want."
|
||||
" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left "
|
||||
"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard"
|
||||
" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop"
|
||||
" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows"
|
||||
" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at "
|
||||
"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down"
|
||||
" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the "
|
||||
"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to "
|
||||
"bring down the drop down terminal."
|
||||
" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if "
|
||||
"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is "
|
||||
"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down "
|
||||
"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown"
|
||||
" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down "
|
||||
"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different "
|
||||
"key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change"
|
||||
" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run"
|
||||
"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from "
|
||||
"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run"
|
||||
"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from "
|
||||
"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like"
|
||||
" a black background with a white command line prompt on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "qterminal -d from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down"
|
||||
#~ " version."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a new tab go to the"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` "
|
||||
#~ "or click the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a +. To close a tab "
|
||||
#~ "press the X button near the right"
|
||||
#~ " hand side of the tab. You can"
|
||||
#~ " change between tabs by left clicking"
|
||||
#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you"
|
||||
#~ " want to switch to. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to switch between tabs click on "
|
||||
#~ "the different click on that tab or"
|
||||
#~ " press the left and right arrows "
|
||||
#~ "in the upper right corner on the"
|
||||
#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch "
|
||||
#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page "
|
||||
#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. "
|
||||
#~ "If you want to copy text from "
|
||||
#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If "
|
||||
#~ "you wish to paste text into the"
|
||||
#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should "
|
||||
#~ "be really careful it is not a "
|
||||
#~ "malicious command and shows the command"
|
||||
#~ " you are pasting in. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to paste selected text in the"
|
||||
#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` "
|
||||
#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to open a new "
|
||||
#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` "
|
||||
#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new "
|
||||
#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the "
|
||||
#~ "command you type in a command line"
|
||||
#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you get a url in your "
|
||||
#~ "terminal you can right click copy "
|
||||
#~ "link address to copy the link. To"
|
||||
#~ " open your link directly press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom "
|
||||
#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + Shift + +` or right click"
|
||||
#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom "
|
||||
#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or "
|
||||
#~ "right click zoom out. To return to"
|
||||
#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom."
|
||||
#~ " If you want qterminal to be "
|
||||
#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it"
|
||||
#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to "
|
||||
#~ "make it back to its original size."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To split your terminal vertically into"
|
||||
#~ " two terminals on top of each "
|
||||
#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split "
|
||||
#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
|
||||
#~ "terminal to the left and one to"
|
||||
#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> "
|
||||
#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase "
|
||||
#~ "back to how your terminal back to"
|
||||
#~ " how they were before "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`."
|
||||
#~ " To switch between the two split "
|
||||
#~ "terminals click on the terminal you "
|
||||
#~ "want. To switch to a the lower "
|
||||
#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`"
|
||||
#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom "
|
||||
#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top "
|
||||
#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. "
|
||||
#~ "To switch to the left subterminal "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. "
|
||||
#~ "To switch to the right subterminal "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change to the next tab using"
|
||||
#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> "
|
||||
#~ "Next tab`. To change to the "
|
||||
#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To"
|
||||
#~ " move to a tab to the right "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to "
|
||||
#~ "the right`. To move a tab to "
|
||||
#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move "
|
||||
#~ "tab to the left`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To clear you active terminal press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active "
|
||||
#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check"
|
||||
#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window"
|
||||
#~ " borders`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your preferences go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To "
|
||||
#~ "change your font press the font "
|
||||
#~ "change the font and size press the"
|
||||
#~ " change button in the preferences "
|
||||
#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field "
|
||||
#~ "lets you say change how different "
|
||||
#~ "colored things in the terminal colors"
|
||||
#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets"
|
||||
#~ " you overwrite the system widget "
|
||||
#~ "style with something other than system"
|
||||
#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the"
|
||||
#~ " left or right or remove it "
|
||||
#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves"
|
||||
#~ " the bar to that part of the"
|
||||
#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor"
|
||||
#~ " shape` changes the shape of the "
|
||||
#~ "cursor between block cursor a large "
|
||||
#~ "block, underline cursor a small "
|
||||
#~ "underline, or i beam which is "
|
||||
#~ "quite small like a | character."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To toggle showing the menubar "
|
||||
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`"
|
||||
#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab"
|
||||
#~ " bar with only one tab` hides "
|
||||
#~ "the tab bar when you only have "
|
||||
#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit "
|
||||
#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab"
|
||||
#~ " would be how be and the filed"
|
||||
#~ " next to it is how wide to "
|
||||
#~ "limit the width of tabs.The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the "
|
||||
#~ "current terminal` shows a border around"
|
||||
#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show"
|
||||
#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles "
|
||||
#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing"
|
||||
#~ " the window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` "
|
||||
#~ "gives you the percent transparent for"
|
||||
#~ " the full application transparency. The "
|
||||
#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how"
|
||||
#~ " transparent to make the terminal. "
|
||||
#~ "Note you will need to enable the"
|
||||
#~ " compton compositor for this function "
|
||||
#~ "properly. To select a background image"
|
||||
#~ " for your terminal press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you "
|
||||
#~ "choose how many terminal splits to "
|
||||
#~ "have when you start up qterminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To apply these changes to see how"
|
||||
#~ " they appear on qterminal press the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like "
|
||||
#~ "your new customized terminal layout "
|
||||
#~ "press the OK button or if you "
|
||||
#~ "wish to cancel your changes press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history,"
|
||||
#~ " pasting, and different kinds of "
|
||||
#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited "
|
||||
#~ "history will save an unlimited amount"
|
||||
#~ " of history. The history size in "
|
||||
#~ "line lets you save only that many"
|
||||
#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings "
|
||||
#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple"
|
||||
#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim "
|
||||
#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` "
|
||||
#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text"
|
||||
#~ " from the end of what you "
|
||||
#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation "
|
||||
#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation "
|
||||
#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when "
|
||||
#~ "closing` saves the position when closing"
|
||||
#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new "
|
||||
#~ "terminals in current working directory` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the "
|
||||
#~ "last working directory you were on."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all "
|
||||
#~ "the different shortcuts and how to "
|
||||
#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`"
|
||||
#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to"
|
||||
#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or"
|
||||
#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click"
|
||||
#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and "
|
||||
#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you "
|
||||
#~ "want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects "
|
||||
#~ "on the appearance for the drop "
|
||||
#~ "down settings of qterminal. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows "
|
||||
#~ "the drop down terminal if checked "
|
||||
#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden"
|
||||
#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` "
|
||||
#~ "field shows the height of the drop"
|
||||
#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field"
|
||||
#~ " shows how wide to make the "
|
||||
#~ "dropdown terminal. The field "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to "
|
||||
#~ "bring down the drop down terminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal "
|
||||
#~ "window go to the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or"
|
||||
#~ " run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. To launch a"
|
||||
#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from"
|
||||
#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
|
||||
#~ " qterminal drop down` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator"
|
||||
@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB "
|
||||
"media."
|
||||
"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating "
|
||||
"bootable USB media on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup "
|
||||
"disk creator` or run"
|
||||
"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device"
|
||||
" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the "
|
||||
"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max "
|
||||
"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on "
|
||||
"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash "
|
||||
"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these "
|
||||
"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show"
|
||||
" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`"
|
||||
" button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of "
|
||||
"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating "
|
||||
"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image "
|
||||
"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` "
|
||||
"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image "
|
||||
"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` "
|
||||
"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your "
|
||||
"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will "
|
||||
"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying "
|
||||
":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Quit` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup "
|
||||
"Disk Creator` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green "
|
||||
"circle with a white downward pointed arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical "
|
||||
#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch startup disc creator "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk"
|
||||
#~ " creator` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections."
|
||||
msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8
|
||||
@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network "
|
||||
"under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi "
|
||||
"left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and "
|
||||
"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your "
|
||||
"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections "
|
||||
"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you "
|
||||
"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under "
|
||||
"wifi networks you are connected to."
|
||||
"then enter the password for the wifi."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get information on your current connection to the network your can "
|
||||
"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current"
|
||||
" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To "
|
||||
"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right "
|
||||
"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable Networking`."
|
||||
"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which "
|
||||
"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all "
|
||||
"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections "
|
||||
"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active "
|
||||
"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right"
|
||||
" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click"
|
||||
" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To "
|
||||
"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray "
|
||||
"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your own networking information right click the applet "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with "
|
||||
"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with "
|
||||
"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will "
|
||||
"show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The "
|
||||
"field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to"
|
||||
" the system what type of connection it is. The label for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network "
|
||||
"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the "
|
||||
"connection."
|
||||
" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware "
|
||||
"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows "
|
||||
"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for "
|
||||
"networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your"
|
||||
" current ip adress."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks"
|
||||
" up the domain names of websites and finds them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for "
|
||||
"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you "
|
||||
"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 "
|
||||
"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either"
|
||||
" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection."
|
||||
"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like "
|
||||
"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection."
|
||||
" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from "
|
||||
"the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to connect to a "
|
||||
#~ "network on nm-tray left click the"
|
||||
#~ " icon in the system tray. If "
|
||||
#~ "you have a wired connection with "
|
||||
#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If"
|
||||
#~ " you want to disconnect your from "
|
||||
#~ "a network under active connections left"
|
||||
#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to"
|
||||
#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray"
|
||||
#~ " applet and connect the wifi name "
|
||||
#~ "applet and then enter the password "
|
||||
#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to "
|
||||
#~ "a wifi your known connections will "
|
||||
#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of "
|
||||
#~ "wifi connections under known connections. "
|
||||
#~ "The list of active connections are "
|
||||
#~ "networks you are currently connected to."
|
||||
#~ " The list of wifi networks is "
|
||||
#~ "listed under wifi networks you are "
|
||||
#~ "connected to."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To get information on your current "
|
||||
#~ "connection to the network your can "
|
||||
#~ "right click on nm-tray connection "
|
||||
#~ "information to get info on your "
|
||||
#~ "current Ip address connection speed and"
|
||||
#~ " driver in use for the connection."
|
||||
#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting "
|
||||
#~ "and disconnecting to networks right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon "
|
||||
#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To "
|
||||
#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`."
|
||||
#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your own networking information"
|
||||
#~ " right click the applet "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl"
|
||||
#~ " pop up a window with information "
|
||||
#~ "such as your ip address. On this"
|
||||
#~ " window each interfaace will show the"
|
||||
#~ " names of each network interface in"
|
||||
#~ " a tab bar along the top. The"
|
||||
#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the"
|
||||
#~ " name of your network adapter to "
|
||||
#~ "the system what type of connection "
|
||||
#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`"
|
||||
#~ " shows you what driver is in "
|
||||
#~ "use for this network interface. The "
|
||||
#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed "
|
||||
#~ "supported by the connection."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you "
|
||||
#~ "information on your settings for "
|
||||
#~ "networking using IPV4. The section "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your "
|
||||
#~ "current ip adress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "nm-tray should already launch in "
|
||||
#~ "the system tray to and looks like"
|
||||
#~ " either a plug with a cable "
|
||||
#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet"
|
||||
#~ " connection."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to "
|
||||
"close non-responsive programs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a"
|
||||
" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column "
|
||||
":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap "
|
||||
"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the "
|
||||
"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing"
|
||||
" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph"
|
||||
" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU "
|
||||
"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info "
|
||||
"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` "
|
||||
"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what "
|
||||
"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is "
|
||||
"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To "
|
||||
"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button "
|
||||
":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the "
|
||||
"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by "
|
||||
"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To "
|
||||
"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view "
|
||||
"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower "
|
||||
"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running "
|
||||
"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes "
|
||||
"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All "
|
||||
"Processes`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says "
|
||||
":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with"
|
||||
" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been "
|
||||
"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above "
|
||||
"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph."
|
||||
"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear "
|
||||
"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner."
|
||||
" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child "
|
||||
"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a "
|
||||
"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top "
|
||||
"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are "
|
||||
"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your "
|
||||
"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To "
|
||||
"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each "
|
||||
"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is "
|
||||
"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab."
|
||||
"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many "
|
||||
"process are running on your system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update "
|
||||
"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or "
|
||||
"put an appearance with the font and font size."
|
||||
"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU "
|
||||
"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in "
|
||||
"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click "
|
||||
"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` "
|
||||
"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search"
|
||||
" bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a "
|
||||
"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To"
|
||||
" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Alt + K`."
|
||||
"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view more details on this process right click on the process and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has "
|
||||
"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables "
|
||||
"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck "
|
||||
"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To "
|
||||
"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose "
|
||||
"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->"
|
||||
" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is "
|
||||
"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update "
|
||||
"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a "
|
||||
"black background."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a"
|
||||
" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a "
|
||||
"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To "
|
||||
"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a "
|
||||
"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps"
|
||||
@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "qps from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To see your memory useage in qps"
|
||||
#~ " look at the bar that says "
|
||||
#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`"
|
||||
#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a "
|
||||
#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar"
|
||||
#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows"
|
||||
#~ " how long your computer has been "
|
||||
#~ "running. A blue bar showing file "
|
||||
#~ "input output shows graph in blue. "
|
||||
#~ "Above this there is a green graph"
|
||||
#~ " that shows your CPU useage as "
|
||||
#~ "a graph."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To sort your processes by memory "
|
||||
#~ "click on the mem tab. To have "
|
||||
#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage"
|
||||
#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To "
|
||||
#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. "
|
||||
#~ "To sort by the command line of "
|
||||
#~ "each process you can press the "
|
||||
#~ "command line. To sort by how much"
|
||||
#~ " memory is used by each process "
|
||||
#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the update period is to"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. "
|
||||
#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option "
|
||||
#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance "
|
||||
#~ "with the font and font size."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for a particular process "
|
||||
#~ "you can type your type into the"
|
||||
#~ " search bar right above a particular"
|
||||
#~ " process right above it. To terminate"
|
||||
#~ " a process right click on it "
|
||||
#~ "and select terminate or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move"
|
||||
#~ " the mouse over it right click "
|
||||
#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt "
|
||||
#~ "+ K`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your "
|
||||
"hard drives and solid state drives."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, "
|
||||
"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please "
|
||||
"back up your data before removing or creating partitions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the "
|
||||
"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field "
|
||||
":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it "
|
||||
"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model "
|
||||
"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows "
|
||||
"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The "
|
||||
"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no "
|
||||
"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long "
|
||||
"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has "
|
||||
"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self "
|
||||
"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status"
|
||||
" of the drive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars"
|
||||
" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage"
|
||||
" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the"
|
||||
" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of "
|
||||
"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which "
|
||||
"filesystem is on the parttion."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive "
|
||||
"on the left with the name of each device."
|
||||
"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of "
|
||||
"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one "
|
||||
"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors "
|
||||
"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first "
|
||||
"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of"
|
||||
" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. "
|
||||
"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated"
|
||||
" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and"
|
||||
" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the"
|
||||
" changes to your partition."
|
||||
"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars "
|
||||
"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage "
|
||||
"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking "
|
||||
"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the "
|
||||
"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the "
|
||||
"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you "
|
||||
"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` "
|
||||
"column shows where that partition is mounted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Screensaver"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive "
|
||||
"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which "
|
||||
"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> "
|
||||
"Select Current Device`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and"
|
||||
" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated "
|
||||
"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition"
|
||||
" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right"
|
||||
" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a"
|
||||
" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> "
|
||||
"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want "
|
||||
"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that "
|
||||
"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. "
|
||||
"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not "
|
||||
"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After "
|
||||
"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this"
|
||||
" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending "
|
||||
"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to"
|
||||
" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE "
|
||||
"partition manager or run"
|
||||
"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first "
|
||||
"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of"
|
||||
" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. "
|
||||
"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated"
|
||||
" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings "
|
||||
"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to "
|
||||
"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
"change what size of partition you want to create change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the"
|
||||
" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually "
|
||||
"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the "
|
||||
"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it"
|
||||
" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit "
|
||||
"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new "
|
||||
"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how "
|
||||
"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking"
|
||||
" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To "
|
||||
"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` "
|
||||
"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. "
|
||||
"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your "
|
||||
"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you "
|
||||
"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first "
|
||||
"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Unmount`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On "
|
||||
"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see "
|
||||
"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To "
|
||||
"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To "
|
||||
"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` "
|
||||
"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition "
|
||||
"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` "
|
||||
"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To"
|
||||
" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> "
|
||||
"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the "
|
||||
"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and "
|
||||
"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really"
|
||||
" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
|
||||
" KDE Partition Manager` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard "
|
||||
"drive."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck"
|
||||
" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. "
|
||||
"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing"
|
||||
" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in "
|
||||
"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE "
|
||||
"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning"
|
||||
" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on "
|
||||
"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change "
|
||||
"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`"
|
||||
" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file "
|
||||
"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change "
|
||||
"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the "
|
||||
"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each "
|
||||
"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next "
|
||||
"to the filesystem name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition "
|
||||
"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions "
|
||||
#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard "
|
||||
#~ "drives and solid state drives."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To check the health of your hard"
|
||||
#~ " drive or solid state drive on "
|
||||
#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can see your disk useage for"
|
||||
#~ " each partition graphically with the "
|
||||
#~ "bars at the top with the shaded"
|
||||
#~ " in part showing a bar graph as"
|
||||
#~ " the percentage full of the "
|
||||
#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows"
|
||||
#~ " the size of the entire system "
|
||||
#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows "
|
||||
#~ "the amount of space used on the"
|
||||
#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets"
|
||||
#~ " you see which filesystem is on "
|
||||
#~ "the parttion."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the side pane to the left "
|
||||
#~ "you can switch between each different"
|
||||
#~ " drive on the left with the "
|
||||
#~ "name of each device."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you have say a new solid "
|
||||
#~ "state drive that is not formatted "
|
||||
#~ "you first need to put a partition"
|
||||
#~ " table on it. A new partition "
|
||||
#~ "data will get rid of all "
|
||||
#~ "partitions on the disk which means "
|
||||
#~ "no data will be visable anymore. "
|
||||
#~ "Then you will need to create a "
|
||||
#~ "partition on to store data. On "
|
||||
#~ "unallocated space you can right click"
|
||||
#~ " on the unalloacted space and new "
|
||||
#~ "partition and select the filesystem you"
|
||||
#~ " want. Then press the apply button"
|
||||
#~ " to apply the changes to your "
|
||||
#~ "partition."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screensaver"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch kde partition manager from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE"
|
||||
#~ " partition manager or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo"
|
||||
@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative "
|
||||
"privileges."
|
||||
"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with "
|
||||
"administrative privileges on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8
|
||||
@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you "
|
||||
"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config "
|
||||
"files but make sure you know what you are doing."
|
||||
"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config "
|
||||
"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt "
|
||||
"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` "
|
||||
"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command "
|
||||
"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
|
||||
"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets"
|
||||
" of paper."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17
|
||||
@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo."
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21
|
||||
@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with "
|
||||
"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with "
|
||||
"administrative privileges use"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
|
||||
msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges "
|
||||
"without opening a terminal."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch "
|
||||
#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative "
|
||||
#~ "privileges."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to"
|
||||
#~ " not change your config files as "
|
||||
#~ "if you did with sudo. You will "
|
||||
#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit "
|
||||
#~ "config files but make sure you "
|
||||
#~ "know what you are doing."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the "
|
||||
#~ "command line to run featherpad with "
|
||||
#~ "administrative privileges use"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
92
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po
Normal file
92
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in "
|
||||
"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical "
|
||||
"application to do this currently."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file"
|
||||
" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line"
|
||||
" [autologin]."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you "
|
||||
"can log in run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file "
|
||||
"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name "
|
||||
".face.icon ."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command "
|
||||
"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme"
|
||||
" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new "
|
||||
"theme looks like run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for "
|
||||
"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme "
|
||||
"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you "
|
||||
"can run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme "
|
||||
"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in "
|
||||
"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line "
|
||||
"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system "
|
||||
"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root "
|
||||
"permissions as well."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system."
|
||||
msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches "
|
||||
"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of "
|
||||
"Lubuntu."
|
||||
"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application "
|
||||
"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default "
|
||||
"desktop environment of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8
|
||||
@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in "
|
||||
"this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on "
|
||||
"the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have "
|
||||
"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`."
|
||||
"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the "
|
||||
"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can "
|
||||
"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11
|
||||
@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center."
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19
|
||||
@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration "
|
||||
"center` or run"
|
||||
"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration "
|
||||
"Center` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a "
|
||||
"lightbulb with a gear in the background."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "LXQt configuration center is an "
|
||||
#~ "application with buttons that launches "
|
||||
#~ "configuration options for lxqt the "
|
||||
#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you "
|
||||
#~ "launch many different applications in "
|
||||
#~ "this chapter from a simple control "
|
||||
#~ "center where you can double click "
|
||||
#~ "on the icon for that program. To"
|
||||
#~ " close one of the programs here "
|
||||
#~ "you have launched you can close it"
|
||||
#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from"
|
||||
#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration "
|
||||
#~ "center` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and "
|
||||
"saves monitor settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution"
|
||||
" on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your "
|
||||
"resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a "
|
||||
"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer."
|
||||
"choice that makes it harder to use your computer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the"
|
||||
" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the"
|
||||
" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the "
|
||||
"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu "
|
||||
"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the"
|
||||
" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the"
|
||||
" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the "
|
||||
"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu "
|
||||
"to choose how fast your monitor refreshes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read "
|
||||
"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read "
|
||||
"that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the "
|
||||
"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number."
|
||||
"serial number the size of the display and the serial number."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop"
|
||||
" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press "
|
||||
":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the "
|
||||
"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop"
|
||||
" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved "
|
||||
"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press "
|
||||
"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your "
|
||||
"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` "
|
||||
"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a "
|
||||
"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name "
|
||||
"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete "
|
||||
"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button."
|
||||
"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to "
|
||||
"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around "
|
||||
"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left "
|
||||
"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column "
|
||||
"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you "
|
||||
"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. "
|
||||
"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember "
|
||||
"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Multimonitor"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the "
|
||||
"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to "
|
||||
"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set "
|
||||
"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a "
|
||||
":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows "
|
||||
"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each "
|
||||
"monitor."
|
||||
"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you "
|
||||
"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The "
|
||||
"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels "
|
||||
"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled "
|
||||
"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your "
|
||||
"computer with."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off "
|
||||
"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different"
|
||||
" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` "
|
||||
"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press"
|
||||
"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has"
|
||||
" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single "
|
||||
"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a "
|
||||
"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary "
|
||||
"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be"
|
||||
" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary"
|
||||
" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes "
|
||||
"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a "
|
||||
"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many "
|
||||
"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and"
|
||||
" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the "
|
||||
"display vertically."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press"
|
||||
" the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "config-monitor from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you use a single monitor you"
|
||||
#~ " can change your single monitor "
|
||||
#~ "resolution on the right hand size "
|
||||
#~ "and select your resolution. When you "
|
||||
#~ "change your resolution you will be "
|
||||
#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you"
|
||||
#~ " don't make a chocie that makes "
|
||||
#~ "it harder to use your computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor"
|
||||
#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose"
|
||||
#~ " the way you want to rotate the"
|
||||
#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie "
|
||||
#~ "down. Below you can also choose "
|
||||
#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down "
|
||||
#~ "menu to choose how fast your "
|
||||
#~ "monitor refreshes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To display info on your monitor "
|
||||
#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read"
|
||||
#~ " that info. The fields explained will"
|
||||
#~ " be the Name of the monitor the"
|
||||
#~ " serial numberthe size of the display"
|
||||
#~ " and the serial number."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save your monitor settings press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop"
|
||||
#~ " up will show that your have "
|
||||
#~ "your settings ok for you and press"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved "
|
||||
#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
|
||||
#~ "button. Your saved settings are by "
|
||||
#~ "default saved under the time and "
|
||||
#~ "date. If you want to apply your"
|
||||
#~ " saved settings press the settings "
|
||||
#~ "button with the gear around the "
|
||||
#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings"
|
||||
#~ " press the setting you want and "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your "
|
||||
#~ "settings will be applied. To give "
|
||||
#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name "
|
||||
#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` "
|
||||
#~ "button with a name for what you"
|
||||
#~ " want and can remember what it "
|
||||
#~ "is. If you want to delete theese"
|
||||
#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`"
|
||||
#~ " button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "With multiple monitors you can in "
|
||||
#~ "the set position tab you can drag"
|
||||
#~ " the different screen around drag the"
|
||||
#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls"
|
||||
#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each"
|
||||
#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended"
|
||||
#~ " view` sets you to set extended "
|
||||
#~ "showing different things on different "
|
||||
#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view"
|
||||
#~ " shows the same thing on both "
|
||||
#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up "
|
||||
#~ "the first screen while second only "
|
||||
#~ "shows only the second. The tabs "
|
||||
#~ "towards the bottom are settings for "
|
||||
#~ "each monitor."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch monitor settings from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From "
|
||||
#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button"
|
||||
#~ " for monitor settings that looks like"
|
||||
#~ " a desktop monitor or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings"
|
||||
@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default "
|
||||
"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10."
|
||||
"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window "
|
||||
"manager of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the"
|
||||
" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the "
|
||||
"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it"
|
||||
" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will "
|
||||
"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of "
|
||||
"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks "
|
||||
"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately "
|
||||
"appear and you will see it on that window."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or"
|
||||
" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two "
|
||||
"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the"
|
||||
" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters "
|
||||
"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can "
|
||||
"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to "
|
||||
"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), "
|
||||
"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the "
|
||||
"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to "
|
||||
"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window "
|
||||
"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be "
|
||||
"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, "
|
||||
"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all "
|
||||
"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so "
|
||||
"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu "
|
||||
"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar "
|
||||
"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the "
|
||||
"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a "
|
||||
"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window "
|
||||
"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the"
|
||||
" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move "
|
||||
"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the "
|
||||
"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first "
|
||||
"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label"
|
||||
" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the "
|
||||
"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the "
|
||||
"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read "
|
||||
"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows "
|
||||
"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and"
|
||||
" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has "
|
||||
"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation "
|
||||
"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has "
|
||||
"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation "
|
||||
"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several "
|
||||
"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble "
|
||||
"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the "
|
||||
"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts "
|
||||
"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu "
|
||||
"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you "
|
||||
"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the "
|
||||
"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the "
|
||||
"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you "
|
||||
"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows "
|
||||
"to make it even more obvious."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows."
|
||||
" The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new "
|
||||
@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"place new windows on multimonitor layouts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and"
|
||||
" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while "
|
||||
"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked"
|
||||
" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels "
|
||||
"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and "
|
||||
"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while "
|
||||
"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked "
|
||||
"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels "
|
||||
"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window "
|
||||
"past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to "
|
||||
"switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before "
|
||||
"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving "
|
||||
"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down "
|
||||
"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many "
|
||||
"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows "
|
||||
"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` "
|
||||
"is where to show this information dialog."
|
||||
"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving "
|
||||
"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical "
|
||||
"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows"
|
||||
" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, "
|
||||
"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information "
|
||||
"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move "
|
||||
"the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To "
|
||||
"automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over "
|
||||
@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not "
|
||||
"moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse "
|
||||
"pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on "
|
||||
"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom "
|
||||
"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize."
|
||||
":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on "
|
||||
"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom "
|
||||
"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up"
|
||||
"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up"
|
||||
" arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the "
|
||||
"number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox "
|
||||
"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that "
|
||||
"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the "
|
||||
"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that"
|
||||
" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the "
|
||||
"desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set "
|
||||
"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields "
|
||||
"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a "
|
||||
"margin."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox"
|
||||
" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox"
|
||||
" Settings button with two computer windows or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of "
|
||||
#~ "openbox which is the default window "
|
||||
#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the "
|
||||
#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of "
|
||||
#~ "the titlebar select the theme on "
|
||||
#~ "the arcieve on the and see how "
|
||||
#~ "it looks by left clicking on the"
|
||||
#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will"
|
||||
#~ " immediately appear and you will see"
|
||||
#~ " it on that window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you "
|
||||
#~ "change where the buttons are so "
|
||||
#~ "for is you want and the order "
|
||||
#~ "of the buttons on the title bar."
|
||||
#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to"
|
||||
#~ " have two additional buttons on the"
|
||||
#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling"
|
||||
#~ " up with the window so you can"
|
||||
#~ " put this in the left to right"
|
||||
#~ " order of the letters where you "
|
||||
#~ "want the button. To make a window"
|
||||
#~ " show on all desktop you can "
|
||||
#~ "add D button in box for the "
|
||||
#~ "window order. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "change the window titlebar button order"
|
||||
#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), "
|
||||
#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the "
|
||||
#~ "left then move the letters IMC to"
|
||||
#~ " the left of L for window label"
|
||||
#~ " or the title of the window. If"
|
||||
#~ " you want to have the close "
|
||||
#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the"
|
||||
#~ " box labled window titles should read"
|
||||
#~ " CMI Then L for the window "
|
||||
#~ "label which will always be in the"
|
||||
#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons"
|
||||
#~ " on the right with close Maximize,"
|
||||
#~ " iconify the window title L and "
|
||||
#~ "then shade the window, all desktops "
|
||||
#~ "and the window icon in the far "
|
||||
#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and"
|
||||
#~ " restore` shows an animation when you"
|
||||
#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then"
|
||||
#~ " restore it and uncheck if you "
|
||||
#~ "really don't want theese animations."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border "
|
||||
#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows "
|
||||
#~ "still have a border if you choose"
|
||||
#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate"
|
||||
#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a"
|
||||
#~ " simpel animation when you "
|
||||
#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore "
|
||||
#~ "it."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the "
|
||||
#~ "font of your window titlebars you "
|
||||
#~ "can select several different fonts for"
|
||||
#~ " different conditions of the window. "
|
||||
#~ "To change the style of the font"
|
||||
#~ " you can under the style make "
|
||||
#~ "the font inactive. For example if "
|
||||
#~ "you have trouble telling which window"
|
||||
#~ " you are in you can make the"
|
||||
#~ " font italic for the titlebar of "
|
||||
#~ "inactive windows to make it even "
|
||||
#~ "more obvious."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets"
|
||||
#~ " you change settings for moving and"
|
||||
#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while "
|
||||
#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when"
|
||||
#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked "
|
||||
#~ "will have a drawn solid color "
|
||||
#~ "until you stop resizing it. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes "
|
||||
#~ "the minimum number of pixels to "
|
||||
#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch "
|
||||
#~ "desktops when moving a window past "
|
||||
#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets "
|
||||
#~ "you drag a window past the edge"
|
||||
#~ " to switch desktops. The field for"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait "
|
||||
#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the"
|
||||
#~ " amount of time to wait before "
|
||||
#~ "moving beyond the edge of the "
|
||||
#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The"
|
||||
#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "information dialog` shows how you how"
|
||||
#~ " many characters fit on the newly "
|
||||
#~ "resized window for always, terminal "
|
||||
#~ "windows only, or never. The field "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` "
|
||||
#~ "is where to show this information "
|
||||
#~ "dialog."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus"
|
||||
#~ " follow mouse tab is if you "
|
||||
#~ "move the mouse over the window it"
|
||||
#~ " will automatically focus on that "
|
||||
#~ "window. To automatically focus windows "
|
||||
#~ "when the mouse cursor when the "
|
||||
#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus "
|
||||
#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves "
|
||||
#~ "over them`. To change your focus "
|
||||
#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the "
|
||||
#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you"
|
||||
#~ " move a window with a keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "shortcut and a different window is "
|
||||
#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus"
|
||||
#~ " under the mouse when the mouse "
|
||||
#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse"
|
||||
#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the"
|
||||
#~ " window up in the layers. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` "
|
||||
#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the "
|
||||
#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade "
|
||||
#~ "or maiximize the window or custom "
|
||||
#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to "
|
||||
#~ "maximize."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to "
|
||||
#~ "change number of desktops press the "
|
||||
#~ "up arrow to add an additional "
|
||||
#~ "desktop or the down arrow to "
|
||||
#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops."
|
||||
#~ " When switching desktops there is a"
|
||||
#~ " checkbox to show a notification and"
|
||||
#~ " a field for how many miliseconds "
|
||||
#~ "to show that notification for. If "
|
||||
#~ "you want to rename a desktop "
|
||||
#~ "double click on the desktop name "
|
||||
#~ "and type the name of the desktop"
|
||||
#~ " you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make a margin on your desktop"
|
||||
#~ " on which nothing is placed you "
|
||||
#~ "can set pixel margins on each side"
|
||||
#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The "
|
||||
#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each "
|
||||
#~ "have a field for each number of"
|
||||
#~ " pixels as a margin."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch openbox settings from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From "
|
||||
#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings"
|
||||
#~ " button with the wrench and "
|
||||
#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management"
|
||||
@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is"
|
||||
" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when"
|
||||
" your computer is idle for long periods."
|
||||
"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for "
|
||||
"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for "
|
||||
"long periods."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on "
|
||||
"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and "
|
||||
"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power"
|
||||
" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or "
|
||||
"something."
|
||||
"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness "
|
||||
"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered "
|
||||
"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray "
|
||||
"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` "
|
||||
"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your "
|
||||
"icon theme."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery "
|
||||
"power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a"
|
||||
" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on "
|
||||
"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are "
|
||||
"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will"
|
||||
" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse "
|
||||
"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and "
|
||||
"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is "
|
||||
"fully charged it will turn into a black circle."
|
||||
" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery "
|
||||
"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle "
|
||||
"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is "
|
||||
"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the "
|
||||
"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent "
|
||||
"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or "
|
||||
"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black"
|
||||
" circle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your "
|
||||
"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your "
|
||||
"system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose "
|
||||
"what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field "
|
||||
"provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level "
|
||||
"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field."
|
||||
"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. "
|
||||
"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of "
|
||||
"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are "
|
||||
"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that"
|
||||
" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery "
|
||||
"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the "
|
||||
"bottom of the screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16
|
||||
@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"is plugged into power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have "
|
||||
"different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are "
|
||||
@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"into an external monitor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from "
|
||||
"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want "
|
||||
"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off "
|
||||
"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want"
|
||||
" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off "
|
||||
"monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when "
|
||||
"you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the "
|
||||
"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` "
|
||||
"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce "
|
||||
"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery "
|
||||
"discharging` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power "
|
||||
"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press"
|
||||
" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run"
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like"
|
||||
" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by "
|
||||
"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "powermanagement from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Power management manages what to do "
|
||||
#~ "on laptop batteries when the power "
|
||||
#~ "is low what happens when your lid"
|
||||
#~ " to a laptop is closed and what"
|
||||
#~ " to do when your computer is "
|
||||
#~ "idle for long periods."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "LXQt power management watches your "
|
||||
#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on "
|
||||
#~ "the screen. Each one of the "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid "
|
||||
#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to "
|
||||
#~ "enable or disable each. When you "
|
||||
#~ "add when power is low select what"
|
||||
#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn "
|
||||
#~ "hibernate or something."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes"
|
||||
#~ " when the battery is considered low"
|
||||
#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`"
|
||||
#~ " shows an icon in the tray for"
|
||||
#~ " your power management. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes "
|
||||
#~ "the appearance of your battery to "
|
||||
#~ "be the battery icon from your icon"
|
||||
#~ " theme."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for monitoring your battery power level"
|
||||
#~ " and some settings. On a laptop "
|
||||
#~ "power management should show a + "
|
||||
#~ "with a ring around it represeneting "
|
||||
#~ "your current battery charge on your "
|
||||
#~ "laptop when it is charging with a"
|
||||
#~ " full green circle meaning you are"
|
||||
#~ " fully charged in the system tray."
|
||||
#~ " If your battery is discharging you"
|
||||
#~ " will see a - sybmol at the "
|
||||
#~ "center of the circle. If you hover"
|
||||
#~ " the mouse cursor over this it "
|
||||
#~ "will show the percent of charge as"
|
||||
#~ " a percentage and whether the battery"
|
||||
#~ " is charging or discharging. When "
|
||||
#~ "your battery is fully charged it "
|
||||
#~ "will turn into a black circle."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`"
|
||||
#~ " Watches the battery on your system."
|
||||
#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is "
|
||||
#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to"
|
||||
#~ " do when your batter is low. "
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a "
|
||||
#~ "duration to show a warning for low"
|
||||
#~ " power. To change the level for "
|
||||
#~ "low level of battery change the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what "
|
||||
#~ "happens when you walk away from "
|
||||
#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle "
|
||||
#~ "then` you slect whether you want "
|
||||
#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, "
|
||||
#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor."
|
||||
#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell "
|
||||
#~ "you how long to wait when you "
|
||||
#~ "are away before the idleness watcher "
|
||||
#~ "takes the action you wish."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Power Management from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From "
|
||||
#~ "LXQt configuration center press the "
|
||||
#~ "power management icon that looks like"
|
||||
#~ " a light bulb or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings"
|
||||
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. "
|
||||
"Here you can manage applications and services at startup."
|
||||
"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu."
|
||||
" Here you manage default applications and services at startup."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7
|
||||
@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager"
|
||||
" and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the "
|
||||
"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu "
|
||||
"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window"
|
||||
" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you "
|
||||
"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If "
|
||||
"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have "
|
||||
"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To "
|
||||
"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Stop` button."
|
||||
"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. "
|
||||
"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop "
|
||||
"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists "
|
||||
"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt "
|
||||
"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the "
|
||||
"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it "
|
||||
"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module "
|
||||
"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start"
|
||||
" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want "
|
||||
"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you "
|
||||
"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do "
|
||||
"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this "
|
||||
"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or "
|
||||
"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating"
|
||||
" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen "
|
||||
"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating."
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives "
|
||||
"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you "
|
||||
"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this "
|
||||
"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before "
|
||||
"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or "
|
||||
"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay"
|
||||
" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` "
|
||||
"field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default "
|
||||
"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal "
|
||||
"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser."
|
||||
"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal "
|
||||
"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the "
|
||||
"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to "
|
||||
"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your "
|
||||
"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to "
|
||||
"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward "
|
||||
"pointing arrow with an x in it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The "
|
||||
"autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart "
|
||||
"like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start "
|
||||
"various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. "
|
||||
"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal"
|
||||
" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal"
|
||||
" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button."
|
||||
"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal"
|
||||
" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate "
|
||||
"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`."
|
||||
" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that "
|
||||
"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` "
|
||||
"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and"
|
||||
" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but"
|
||||
" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To "
|
||||
"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable "
|
||||
"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you "
|
||||
"environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` "
|
||||
"provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a "
|
||||
"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To "
|
||||
"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at "
|
||||
"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the "
|
||||
"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment "
|
||||
"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles "
|
||||
"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To"
|
||||
" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at"
|
||||
" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the "
|
||||
"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment "
|
||||
"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables "
|
||||
"relate to hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t/detailed-guide-to-"
|
||||
"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ ."
|
||||
"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size "
|
||||
"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings."
|
||||
"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
|
||||
"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
|
||||
" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center "
|
||||
"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled "
|
||||
"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run"
|
||||
"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks "
|
||||
"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line"
|
||||
" run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu."
|
||||
@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "session."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Session Settings is a way to "
|
||||
#~ "change what happens when log into "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage "
|
||||
#~ "applications and services at startup."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets "
|
||||
#~ "you change with a window manager "
|
||||
#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the "
|
||||
#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on "
|
||||
#~ "the basic settings tab use the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu "
|
||||
#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the"
|
||||
#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` "
|
||||
#~ "if the drop down list does not "
|
||||
#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt"
|
||||
#~ " modules lists the different part of"
|
||||
#~ " LXQt if you find you do not"
|
||||
#~ " want part of LXQt active you "
|
||||
#~ "can enable or disable them here. "
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to start the compton"
|
||||
#~ " X11 compositor you can do so "
|
||||
#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it"
|
||||
#~ " at default to lower system resources"
|
||||
#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "Module left click on the moudle "
|
||||
#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation"
|
||||
#~ " to leave session` gives you a "
|
||||
#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure"
|
||||
#~ " you really want to leave so "
|
||||
#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck"
|
||||
#~ " it if you do not want this "
|
||||
#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or"
|
||||
#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen"
|
||||
#~ " before suspending and hibernating and "
|
||||
#~ "is checked by default unchecking this"
|
||||
#~ " will leave this so the screen "
|
||||
#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or "
|
||||
#~ "hibernating."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets"
|
||||
#~ " you change your default browser and"
|
||||
#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you "
|
||||
#~ "change the terminal emulator and the "
|
||||
#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you change your webbrowser."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart "
|
||||
#~ "applications lets you choose which "
|
||||
#~ "applications to autostart like managers "
|
||||
#~ "for print queues. All of these are"
|
||||
#~ " check-boxes to start various "
|
||||
#~ "programs. You can start a program "
|
||||
#~ "at startup by adding it here. "
|
||||
#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give "
|
||||
#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal "
|
||||
#~ "drop down\" and type in the "
|
||||
#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal"
|
||||
#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`."
|
||||
#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`"
|
||||
#~ " has many effects for you environment"
|
||||
#~ " variables for your session. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name"
|
||||
#~ " of the environment variable. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the value of a varible "
|
||||
#~ "double click on the value under "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a"
|
||||
#~ " new environment variable press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the "
|
||||
#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear "
|
||||
#~ "and double click to enter the "
|
||||
#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the"
|
||||
#~ " variable. To delete an environment "
|
||||
#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button."
|
||||
#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to"
|
||||
#~ " hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t"
|
||||
#~ "/detailed-guide-to-enable-high-dpi-"
|
||||
#~ "scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ ."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to undo changes you"
|
||||
#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch session settings from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> session settings`. From "
|
||||
#~ "LXQt configuration center press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a triangular "
|
||||
#~ "blue flag and is labeled with "
|
||||
#~ "session settings. To run session "
|
||||
#~ "settings from the command line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard "
|
||||
"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcuts for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut "
|
||||
"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the"
|
||||
" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the"
|
||||
" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want."
|
||||
"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then "
|
||||
"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you "
|
||||
"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the"
|
||||
" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to "
|
||||
" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to "
|
||||
"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left "
|
||||
"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` "
|
||||
"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` "
|
||||
"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or "
|
||||
"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so "
|
||||
"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a "
|
||||
"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter "
|
||||
"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to "
|
||||
"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press"
|
||||
" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does "
|
||||
"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what "
|
||||
"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` "
|
||||
"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to "
|
||||
"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you"
|
||||
" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen "
|
||||
"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command "
|
||||
"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field."
|
||||
"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use "
|
||||
"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command"
|
||||
" line run"
|
||||
"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks"
|
||||
" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys"
|
||||
@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "globalkeyshortcuts."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that "
|
||||
#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut "
|
||||
#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the"
|
||||
#~ " modify button, then clicking on the"
|
||||
#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will "
|
||||
#~ "begin during which you should push "
|
||||
#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you "
|
||||
#~ "want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut"
|
||||
#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the"
|
||||
#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to "
|
||||
#~ "shortcut keys you can select two "
|
||||
#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` "
|
||||
#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`"
|
||||
#~ " button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button."
|
||||
#~ " The shortcut field will be blank,"
|
||||
#~ " click the shortcut button to start"
|
||||
#~ " the countdown, then press the "
|
||||
#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want "
|
||||
#~ "to assign. Write a short description "
|
||||
#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, "
|
||||
#~ "for example \"start drop down "
|
||||
#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen "
|
||||
#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a "
|
||||
#~ "terminal command select the command "
|
||||
#~ "radio button and enter the command "
|
||||
#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt"
|
||||
#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys "
|
||||
#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "keys or from the command line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system."
|
||||
msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user "
|
||||
"account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the "
|
||||
"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once "
|
||||
"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once "
|
||||
"the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. "
|
||||
"Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you "
|
||||
"will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the "
|
||||
@ -52,24 +44,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"change system settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to "
|
||||
"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking "
|
||||
"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you "
|
||||
"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The"
|
||||
" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The"
|
||||
" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for"
|
||||
" files access to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group"
|
||||
" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new"
|
||||
@ -78,7 +53,36 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or "
|
||||
"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish"
|
||||
" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can "
|
||||
"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the "
|
||||
"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is "
|
||||
"the main group that is default group for files access to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group"
|
||||
" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or "
|
||||
"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group "
|
||||
"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each"
|
||||
" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a "
|
||||
"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you "
|
||||
"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home "
|
||||
"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change "
|
||||
"properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The "
|
||||
@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing "
|
||||
"could break your system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under"
|
||||
" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a "
|
||||
"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Users and groups lets you manage "
|
||||
#~ "user and group settings on your "
|
||||
#~ "system."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you "
|
||||
#~ "manage Users. To create a new user"
|
||||
#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button."
|
||||
#~ " You will need to select the "
|
||||
#~ "groups you want the user to be "
|
||||
#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. "
|
||||
#~ "Once the user information and groups "
|
||||
#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
#~ " Then you will be prompted to "
|
||||
#~ "enter an administrative password. Next "
|
||||
#~ "you will be prompted to enter the"
|
||||
#~ " new password for the user. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the users permission click "
|
||||
#~ "account type and enter your password "
|
||||
#~ "and select desktop user to not "
|
||||
#~ "give permission to change the system "
|
||||
#~ "or admin to change system settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view an info on a particaulr"
|
||||
#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to"
|
||||
#~ " bring up a dialog box or the"
|
||||
#~ " accomplish the same thing by "
|
||||
#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can"
|
||||
#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will "
|
||||
#~ "show you the login name for the"
|
||||
#~ " user and can be edited if you"
|
||||
#~ " type in the box. The field "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical "
|
||||
#~ "internal id of your user. The "
|
||||
#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main"
|
||||
#~ " group that is default group for "
|
||||
#~ "files access to."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties"
|
||||
#~ " has checkboxes for each group you"
|
||||
#~ " are in or which checkbox or "
|
||||
#~ "each group you are not in."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Users and groups from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt"
|
||||
#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From"
|
||||
#~ " LXQt configuration center under system "
|
||||
#~ "settings press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like two people. Or you can run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the"
|
||||
" Compton X11 compositor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle "
|
||||
"enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox."
|
||||
" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop "
|
||||
"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the "
|
||||
"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how "
|
||||
"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how "
|
||||
"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow"
|
||||
" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the "
|
||||
"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The "
|
||||
"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to "
|
||||
"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop"
|
||||
" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not "
|
||||
"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows "
|
||||
"on another."
|
||||
" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop "
|
||||
"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you "
|
||||
"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The "
|
||||
"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to"
|
||||
" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the "
|
||||
"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number "
|
||||
"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The "
|
||||
"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is"
|
||||
" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized "
|
||||
"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across "
|
||||
"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity"
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity"
|
||||
" to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive"
|
||||
" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity"
|
||||
" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent "
|
||||
"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows."
|
||||
" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their "
|
||||
"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows "
|
||||
"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust "
|
||||
"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent "
|
||||
"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how "
|
||||
"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let"
|
||||
" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or "
|
||||
"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during "
|
||||
"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To "
|
||||
"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this "
|
||||
"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you "
|
||||
"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when "
|
||||
"windows opening/closing`."
|
||||
"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during "
|
||||
"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have"
|
||||
" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time "
|
||||
"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change "
|
||||
"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change "
|
||||
"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out "
|
||||
"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. "
|
||||
"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed "
|
||||
"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in"
|
||||
" out when windows opening/closing`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how "
|
||||
"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what "
|
||||
"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware "
|
||||
"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have your settings applied you will need to press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have your settings applied you will need to press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`cancel` button."
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run"
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear "
|
||||
"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to "
|
||||
"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter "
|
||||
"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications."
|
||||
"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with "
|
||||
"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect"
|
||||
" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 "
|
||||
"<https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.html>`_ for how "
|
||||
"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "launch Window Effects."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Window effects is a program to "
|
||||
#~ "manage effects of the Compton X "
|
||||
#~ "compositor."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how "
|
||||
#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable"
|
||||
#~ " client side shadows press the Enable"
|
||||
#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on"
|
||||
#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing "
|
||||
#~ "shadows on the panel. The label "
|
||||
#~ "for color lets you change the "
|
||||
#~ "color of your shadows. The field "
|
||||
#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes "
|
||||
#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is "
|
||||
#~ "how far to move the shadows to "
|
||||
#~ "the left with a larger number "
|
||||
#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to "
|
||||
#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for"
|
||||
#~ " shadows` the larger the number "
|
||||
#~ "farther down the shadow appears below"
|
||||
#~ " the window. The field for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how "
|
||||
#~ "opaque or clear to make the "
|
||||
#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0"
|
||||
#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows "
|
||||
#~ "of maximized windows from extended "
|
||||
#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows"
|
||||
#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other "
|
||||
#~ "monitors from windows on another."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for "
|
||||
#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to "
|
||||
#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes"
|
||||
#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive "
|
||||
#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and "
|
||||
#~ "borders all can have their opacity "
|
||||
#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur "
|
||||
#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs "
|
||||
#~ "the background of transparent windows."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading "
|
||||
#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity"
|
||||
#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity "
|
||||
#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes "
|
||||
#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a"
|
||||
#~ " slower time between fade in "
|
||||
#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time"
|
||||
#~ " between steps in a fade in "
|
||||
#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows "
|
||||
#~ "will fade in and out when opened"
|
||||
#~ " and closed unless you don't them "
|
||||
#~ "to which you can check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when "
|
||||
#~ "windows opening/closing`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To have your settings applied you "
|
||||
#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`"
|
||||
#~ " button. If you want to cancel "
|
||||
#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch window effects from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. From LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "configuration center press the gear "
|
||||
#~ "button with a c in it to "
|
||||
#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for "
|
||||
#~ "this to have any effect the "
|
||||
#~ "compton compistor needs to be running"
|
||||
#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how "
|
||||
#~ "to autostart applications."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more "
|
||||
"applications."
|
||||
"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your "
|
||||
"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs "
|
||||
"installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program"
|
||||
" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple "
|
||||
" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple "
|
||||
"programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the "
|
||||
"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to"
|
||||
" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative "
|
||||
"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default "
|
||||
"application."
|
||||
"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of "
|
||||
"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. "
|
||||
"When you change your alternative you will input your password to "
|
||||
"authenticate to change your default application."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To show a search for the different application groups press the button "
|
||||
"that looks like a magnifying glass."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run"
|
||||
"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark "
|
||||
"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To configure your alternatives like your"
|
||||
#~ " default web browser and more "
|
||||
#~ "applications."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select the command to choose "
|
||||
#~ "your alternatives for the default "
|
||||
#~ "program for something such as your "
|
||||
#~ "default text editor if you have "
|
||||
#~ "mulitple programs installed by left "
|
||||
#~ "clicking what to be the alternative "
|
||||
#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right"
|
||||
#~ " side of the window will have a"
|
||||
#~ " radio button to choose which editor"
|
||||
#~ " you want to use. When you "
|
||||
#~ "change your alternative you will input"
|
||||
#~ " your password to authenticate to "
|
||||
#~ "change your default application."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print "
|
||||
"queue."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view "
|
||||
"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you "
|
||||
"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`."
|
||||
"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if"
|
||||
" a job is held you can restart it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing "
|
||||
"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the "
|
||||
"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and"
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer"
|
||||
" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description"
|
||||
" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a "
|
||||
"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move "
|
||||
"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a "
|
||||
"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after"
|
||||
" left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left "
|
||||
"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently "
|
||||
"delete your printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally "
|
||||
"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as"
|
||||
" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As "
|
||||
"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> "
|
||||
"Rename`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer "
|
||||
"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name "
|
||||
"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this "
|
||||
"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different "
|
||||
"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the"
|
||||
" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your "
|
||||
"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down"
|
||||
" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you "
|
||||
"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print "
|
||||
"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To "
|
||||
"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list "
|
||||
"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these "
|
||||
"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer "
|
||||
"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` "
|
||||
"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job"
|
||||
" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Copies` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"Printers` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51
|
||||
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your"
|
||||
#~ " printer and show your print queue."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your print queue right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the printer and right "
|
||||
#~ "click view print queue or with the"
|
||||
#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print "
|
||||
#~ "Queue` and if a job is held "
|
||||
#~ "you can restart it. To view the"
|
||||
#~ " properties of printer or make "
|
||||
#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> "
|
||||
#~ "Properties`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to delete a printer"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after "
|
||||
#~ "left clicking on the printer will "
|
||||
#~ "delete the printer after you left "
|
||||
#~ "click on it and you will be "
|
||||
#~ "asked to confirm so you do not "
|
||||
#~ "accidently delete your printer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch printers from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance"
|
||||
@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different "
|
||||
"visual look."
|
||||
"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a "
|
||||
"different visual look."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and "
|
||||
"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons "
|
||||
"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK "
|
||||
"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme "
|
||||
"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme "
|
||||
"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` "
|
||||
"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look"
|
||||
" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set "
|
||||
"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you "
|
||||
"normally need two clicks for one click."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer "
|
||||
"and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows."
|
||||
" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button "
|
||||
"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The "
|
||||
" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks "
|
||||
"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the"
|
||||
" background icons with the color of the background."
|
||||
" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an "
|
||||
"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log "
|
||||
"out and back in again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and "
|
||||
"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to "
|
||||
"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview "
|
||||
"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox "
|
||||
"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and "
|
||||
"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to"
|
||||
" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview"
|
||||
" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one"
|
||||
" that comes with the LXQt theme."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size "
|
||||
"that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and "
|
||||
"down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the"
|
||||
" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type "
|
||||
"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts "
|
||||
"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen "
|
||||
"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per "
|
||||
"inch of the screen."
|
||||
" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can "
|
||||
"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox "
|
||||
"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for "
|
||||
"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier "
|
||||
"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or "
|
||||
"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you"
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you"
|
||||
" change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but "
|
||||
"more available in the package repositories."
|
||||
"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the "
|
||||
"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes"
|
||||
" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see "
|
||||
"things spin for example."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. "
|
||||
"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before."
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt "
|
||||
"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button "
|
||||
"from LXQt configuration center or run"
|
||||
"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press "
|
||||
"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of"
|
||||
" a monitor with a window on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes "
|
||||
#~ "the theming of lxqt for a "
|
||||
#~ "different visual look."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the useage Qt widget "
|
||||
#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars"
|
||||
#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications."
|
||||
#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set"
|
||||
#~ " GTk` settings will apply native "
|
||||
#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field"
|
||||
#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will "
|
||||
#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications."
|
||||
#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets "
|
||||
#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The"
|
||||
#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single "
|
||||
#~ "click` has makes things you normally "
|
||||
#~ "need two clicks for one click."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes "
|
||||
#~ "desktop icons on your computer and "
|
||||
#~ "if you click on the icon theme "
|
||||
#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows."
|
||||
#~ " The icon theme is will change "
|
||||
#~ "how all the icon look and how "
|
||||
#~ "some button looks in other windows "
|
||||
#~ "as well for like reset button as"
|
||||
#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based"
|
||||
#~ " on widget style` will slightly "
|
||||
#~ "change the background icons with the "
|
||||
#~ "color of the background."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets"
|
||||
#~ " you change how the panel and "
|
||||
#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme"
|
||||
#~ " left click on the theme name "
|
||||
#~ "to change the theme. To the left"
|
||||
#~ " of the theme name there is a"
|
||||
#~ " small preview of the panel and "
|
||||
#~ "the default button for the panel. "
|
||||
#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined"
|
||||
#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to "
|
||||
#~ "one that comes with the LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "theme."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for fonts. To change the font size"
|
||||
#~ " that desktop applications use choose "
|
||||
#~ "the font tab and change the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the"
|
||||
#~ " size you want or use the up"
|
||||
#~ " and down arrows to increase or "
|
||||
#~ "decrease font size respectively. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the default font there is a"
|
||||
#~ " drop down box for font name "
|
||||
#~ "that you can type the font name"
|
||||
#~ " you or select from the drop "
|
||||
#~ "down menu. The checkbox for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets "
|
||||
#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which "
|
||||
#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing."
|
||||
#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the "
|
||||
#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the"
|
||||
#~ " screen."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one "
|
||||
#~ "option to change cursor theme lets "
|
||||
#~ "you change how the cursor looks "
|
||||
#~ "with two themes installed by default "
|
||||
#~ "but more available in the package "
|
||||
#~ "repositories."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to reset your changes"
|
||||
#~ " you will need to click the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your "
|
||||
#~ "changes to how they were before."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to "
|
||||
#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt"
|
||||
#~ " configuration center or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver"
|
||||
@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the"
|
||||
" system."
|
||||
"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on "
|
||||
"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the "
|
||||
"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one "
|
||||
"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random"
|
||||
" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the "
|
||||
"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the "
|
||||
"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the "
|
||||
"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the"
|
||||
" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will"
|
||||
" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` "
|
||||
"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes "
|
||||
"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show"
|
||||
" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when "
|
||||
"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable "
|
||||
"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen "
|
||||
"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen "
|
||||
"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` "
|
||||
"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set "
|
||||
"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle "
|
||||
"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox "
|
||||
"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the"
|
||||
" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock "
|
||||
"the screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To "
|
||||
"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
|
||||
"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show"
|
||||
" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when "
|
||||
"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more "
|
||||
"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To "
|
||||
"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want "
|
||||
"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the "
|
||||
"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart "
|
||||
"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the "
|
||||
"screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to "
|
||||
"launch it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking"
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your"
|
||||
" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from "
|
||||
"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"Screensaver` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue "
|
||||
"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Screensave is an application to control"
|
||||
#~ " what screensavers are used on the"
|
||||
#~ " system."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 "
|
||||
#~ "settings Disable turns off the "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just "
|
||||
#~ "turns the screen itself off, one "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and "
|
||||
#~ "random screensaver selects a random "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver. To set how long it "
|
||||
#~ "takes your screen to go to the "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver change the field that says"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number "
|
||||
#~ "of minutres you want the system to"
|
||||
#~ " be idle before starting the "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver. If you have a random "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver set you can change with "
|
||||
#~ "the number of minutes it says with"
|
||||
#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver"
|
||||
#~ " will change to another one. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` "
|
||||
#~ "takes the number of minutes to "
|
||||
#~ "lock the screen and the number of"
|
||||
#~ " minutes is how many minutes it "
|
||||
#~ "takes to lock the screen."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you try to select a screensaver"
|
||||
#~ " that is not installed it will "
|
||||
#~ "not show on the right hand side"
|
||||
#~ " of the window. To preview a "
|
||||
#~ "screensaver as when it would be "
|
||||
#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to kill the daemon "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To "
|
||||
#~ "restart the screensaver daemon "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness"
|
||||
@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using "
|
||||
"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by "
|
||||
"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible."
|
||||
"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you "
|
||||
"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase "
|
||||
"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen "
|
||||
"will be illegible."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the "
|
||||
"window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click "
|
||||
"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen "
|
||||
"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the"
|
||||
" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current "
|
||||
"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not "
|
||||
"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if "
|
||||
"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings."
|
||||
"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make "
|
||||
"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial "
|
||||
"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the "
|
||||
"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current "
|
||||
"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not "
|
||||
"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you "
|
||||
"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require "
|
||||
"Confirmation after settings change`."
|
||||
"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each "
|
||||
"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will "
|
||||
"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require "
|
||||
"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press "
|
||||
"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness."
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button "
|
||||
"on LXQt configuration center or run"
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "from the commandline."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on "
|
||||
"LXQt Configuration Center or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with"
|
||||
" a gear in the background."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "config-brightness from the commandline."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Brightness is a tool to control "
|
||||
#~ "your screen brightness. If you are "
|
||||
#~ "using a laptop turning down your "
|
||||
#~ "screen brighness can increase battery "
|
||||
#~ "life by a large amount as well "
|
||||
#~ "however too dim and the screen "
|
||||
#~ "will be illegible."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use brightness click on the "
|
||||
#~ "dial towards the right window of "
|
||||
#~ "the window. To make the screen "
|
||||
#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key "
|
||||
#~ "or click on the dial and drag "
|
||||
#~ "it towards the left. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to make the screen more bright "
|
||||
#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or "
|
||||
#~ "drag the dial towards the right. "
|
||||
#~ "After doing this you will be asked"
|
||||
#~ " to confirm the current brightness is"
|
||||
#~ " ok while needing to select "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond"
|
||||
#~ " it will go back to the old "
|
||||
#~ "brightness which is useful because if"
|
||||
#~ " you made your screen illegible it"
|
||||
#~ " will revert to the old settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you do not want to confirmation"
|
||||
#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation "
|
||||
#~ "after settings change`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch brightness from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to "
|
||||
#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "configuration center or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the commandline."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time"
|
||||
@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle "
|
||||
"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not "
|
||||
"connected to a network."
|
||||
"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether "
|
||||
"to use NTP or manually set the time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings "
|
||||
"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing "
|
||||
"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time "
|
||||
"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left "
|
||||
"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the "
|
||||
"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the "
|
||||
"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC."
|
||||
"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing "
|
||||
"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time "
|
||||
"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local "
|
||||
"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time "
|
||||
"rather than UTC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` "
|
||||
"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time "
|
||||
"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the "
|
||||
"correct time."
|
||||
"To change the timezone of your computer left click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. "
|
||||
"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol "
|
||||
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` "
|
||||
"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and "
|
||||
"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you "
|
||||
"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time "
|
||||
"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change "
|
||||
"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To "
|
||||
"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the "
|
||||
"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you "
|
||||
"want with the keyboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under "
|
||||
"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button "
|
||||
"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under "
|
||||
"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button "
|
||||
"or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing "
|
||||
#~ "the time of network press the "
|
||||
@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "time."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Date and time is a program that"
|
||||
#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle"
|
||||
#~ " wheter to get the time automatically"
|
||||
#~ " and change the date if you are"
|
||||
#~ " not connected to a network."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`"
|
||||
#~ " sets what time it is and "
|
||||
#~ "settings for synchronize it via the "
|
||||
#~ "network.If you want to toggle "
|
||||
#~ "synchronizing the time of network press"
|
||||
#~ " the radio button of Enable network"
|
||||
#~ " time synchronization button. To change "
|
||||
#~ "the timezone of your computer left "
|
||||
#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and "
|
||||
#~ "select your time zone from the "
|
||||
#~ "long list. The checkbox for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is "
|
||||
#~ "for the real time clock on your"
|
||||
#~ " motherboard being in local time "
|
||||
#~ "rather than UTC."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize"
|
||||
#~ " your clock via network time protocol"
|
||||
#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time"
|
||||
#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP"
|
||||
#~ " is disabled you want to be "
|
||||
#~ "able to change your time locally "
|
||||
#~ "you will be able to change your"
|
||||
#~ " time by typing your time in "
|
||||
#~ "the correct time."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To cancel your changes to in date"
|
||||
#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch date and time from the"
|
||||
#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From "
|
||||
#~ "LXQt configuration center under the "
|
||||
#~ "system settings header at the bottom "
|
||||
#~ "press the date and time button or"
|
||||
#~ " from the command line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different "
|
||||
"settings even including slideshows."
|
||||
"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the "
|
||||
"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file"
|
||||
" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog "
|
||||
"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you "
|
||||
"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an "
|
||||
"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from "
|
||||
"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select "
|
||||
"fill with background color only."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To "
|
||||
"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file "
|
||||
"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The "
|
||||
"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you"
|
||||
" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple "
|
||||
"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do"
|
||||
" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background "
|
||||
"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the "
|
||||
"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a "
|
||||
"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual "
|
||||
"wallpaper for each monitor`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different "
|
||||
"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your "
|
||||
"screen."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and "
|
||||
"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` "
|
||||
"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size "
|
||||
"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` "
|
||||
"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The "
|
||||
"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow "
|
||||
"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make"
|
||||
" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and "
|
||||
"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` "
|
||||
"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The "
|
||||
"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your "
|
||||
"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your "
|
||||
"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font "
|
||||
"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what "
|
||||
"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will "
|
||||
"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and "
|
||||
"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font "
|
||||
"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you "
|
||||
"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a "
|
||||
"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The "
|
||||
"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of "
|
||||
"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around "
|
||||
"the icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing "
|
||||
"your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes "
|
||||
"your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the "
|
||||
"path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder"
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for "
|
||||
"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To "
|
||||
"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox."
|
||||
" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the"
|
||||
" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. "
|
||||
"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize "
|
||||
"the slide show` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or "
|
||||
"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide "
|
||||
"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Network`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the "
|
||||
"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the "
|
||||
"desktop button to launch it or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on "
|
||||
"the desktop desktop preferences."
|
||||
"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for "
|
||||
"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "desktop desktop prefrences."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Desktop is an application to change "
|
||||
#~ "the Desktop background and different "
|
||||
#~ "settings even including slideshows."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the desktop background you "
|
||||
#~ "can either type the path of the"
|
||||
#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper "
|
||||
#~ "image file or use browse to bring"
|
||||
#~ " up a dialog to choose which "
|
||||
#~ "the desktop. The drop down of "
|
||||
#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how "
|
||||
#~ "the image you select for a "
|
||||
#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an "
|
||||
#~ "image to have multiple copies of a"
|
||||
#~ " smaller image select tile image from"
|
||||
#~ " the drop down. If you do not"
|
||||
#~ " want an image and just a solid"
|
||||
#~ " color select fill with background "
|
||||
#~ "color only."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon"
|
||||
#~ " size` lets you choose a different"
|
||||
#~ " size of desktop icons you can "
|
||||
#~ "choose a size that looks good on"
|
||||
#~ " your screen."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you choose which font and "
|
||||
#~ "size information from a dialog box. "
|
||||
#~ "On the left is a box for "
|
||||
#~ "which font to select on on the "
|
||||
#~ "bottom or type the name on top."
|
||||
#~ " The middle lets you choose the "
|
||||
#~ "font style of the font on your "
|
||||
#~ "desktop. On the far right is a "
|
||||
#~ "choice for the size of your font"
|
||||
#~ " which you can select from the "
|
||||
#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text "
|
||||
#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick"
|
||||
#~ " color of either the text color "
|
||||
#~ "or the shadow color of the icons."
|
||||
#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`"
|
||||
#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow "
|
||||
#~ "around the icon."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows "
|
||||
#~ "settings for slide show of changing "
|
||||
#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a "
|
||||
#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable "
|
||||
#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show "
|
||||
#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The"
|
||||
#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` "
|
||||
#~ "changes the path to find the "
|
||||
#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or"
|
||||
#~ " to find a folder press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how "
|
||||
#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of"
|
||||
#~ " the desktop background to change "
|
||||
#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` "
|
||||
#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow "
|
||||
#~ "changes. To randomize the order in "
|
||||
#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch desktop from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration"
|
||||
#~ " center press the desktop button to"
|
||||
#~ " launch it or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. Another way "
|
||||
#~ "to launch this is to right click"
|
||||
#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications"
|
||||
@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such"
|
||||
" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first "
|
||||
"time you run to configure your power managment settings."
|
||||
"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification "
|
||||
"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat "
|
||||
"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop "
|
||||
"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the "
|
||||
"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your "
|
||||
"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the"
|
||||
" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your "
|
||||
"window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop "
|
||||
"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds"
|
||||
" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes "
|
||||
":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification "
|
||||
"from each other."
|
||||
"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Reset` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of "
|
||||
"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`"
|
||||
" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 "
|
||||
"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make "
|
||||
"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the"
|
||||
" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification "
|
||||
"when you are away from your computer use the settings under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of "
|
||||
"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore "
|
||||
"particular applications type the application name in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences"
|
||||
" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration "
|
||||
"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. "
|
||||
"To launch the configuration from the command line run"
|
||||
"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences"
|
||||
" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop "
|
||||
"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch "
|
||||
"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the "
|
||||
"command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "config-configurationd."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings "
|
||||
#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as"
|
||||
#~ " when someone mentions your name on"
|
||||
#~ " internet relay chat or the first "
|
||||
#~ "time you run to configure your "
|
||||
#~ "power managment settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets "
|
||||
#~ "you change where Desktop notifications "
|
||||
#~ "appear on your screen click the "
|
||||
#~ "button that appears on the portion "
|
||||
#~ "of your screen where you want them"
|
||||
#~ " with the outline being your window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets "
|
||||
#~ "you change duration of desktop "
|
||||
#~ "notifications there is up and down "
|
||||
#~ "to add or reduce the number of "
|
||||
#~ "seconds to show notifications for the"
|
||||
#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose "
|
||||
#~ "how wide to make notifications. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far "
|
||||
#~ "to place the notification from each "
|
||||
#~ "other."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the"
|
||||
#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In "
|
||||
#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop"
|
||||
#~ " Notification button which looks like "
|
||||
#~ "a giant !. To launch the "
|
||||
#~ "configuration from the command line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file."
|
||||
msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another "
|
||||
"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that "
|
||||
"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes"
|
||||
" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To "
|
||||
"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on "
|
||||
"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows "
|
||||
"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a "
|
||||
"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something "
|
||||
"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it "
|
||||
"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another"
|
||||
" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left "
|
||||
"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for"
|
||||
" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of "
|
||||
"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To "
|
||||
"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you "
|
||||
"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what "
|
||||
"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current "
|
||||
"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a"
|
||||
" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new "
|
||||
"default program for this kind of file."
|
||||
"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't "
|
||||
"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't "
|
||||
"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file "
|
||||
"associations` or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File "
|
||||
"Associations` or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for which file extenstion "
|
||||
#~ "you want to change to open in "
|
||||
#~ "another program you can search in "
|
||||
#~ "the top box for that file format."
|
||||
#~ " On the left is really long "
|
||||
#~ "list of all mimetype that you can"
|
||||
#~ " change but searching for a "
|
||||
#~ "particular one will be much faster. "
|
||||
#~ "To expand a particular group of "
|
||||
#~ "mimetypes from the group on the "
|
||||
#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To"
|
||||
#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you "
|
||||
#~ "find the filetype you want to "
|
||||
#~ "change on the top right it tells"
|
||||
#~ " you what kind of file that "
|
||||
#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions."
|
||||
#~ " The current default is shown on "
|
||||
#~ "the lower right with a change "
|
||||
#~ "button that brings up a menu for"
|
||||
#~ " you to change it to something "
|
||||
#~ "else. To change a default press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it "
|
||||
#~ "brings up a menu to choose the "
|
||||
#~ "new default program for this kind "
|
||||
#~ "of file."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To reset your changes press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't "
|
||||
#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once "
|
||||
#~ "you are happy with your choices "
|
||||
#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
|
||||
#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` "
|
||||
#~ "or from the command line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse"
|
||||
@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard "
|
||||
"and mouse."
|
||||
"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your "
|
||||
"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves,"
|
||||
" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field "
|
||||
"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. "
|
||||
"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap "
|
||||
"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` "
|
||||
"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The "
|
||||
"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you "
|
||||
"want it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves "
|
||||
"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag "
|
||||
"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to "
|
||||
"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To "
|
||||
"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` "
|
||||
"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate "
|
||||
"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make"
|
||||
" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new "
|
||||
"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous "
|
||||
"settings."
|
||||
"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to"
|
||||
" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and "
|
||||
"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally "
|
||||
"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`"
|
||||
" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the "
|
||||
"button on a touchpad."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme "
|
||||
"which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the "
|
||||
"cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a "
|
||||
"theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have"
|
||||
" to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings."
|
||||
" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut"
|
||||
" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take "
|
||||
" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress"
|
||||
" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take "
|
||||
"longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes"
|
||||
" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the "
|
||||
" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the "
|
||||
"repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the "
|
||||
"right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it"
|
||||
" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after"
|
||||
" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your "
|
||||
"computer."
|
||||
" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type "
|
||||
"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard "
|
||||
"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after"
|
||||
" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard "
|
||||
"layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current "
|
||||
"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left "
|
||||
"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left "
|
||||
"click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a "
|
||||
"keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` "
|
||||
"buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To "
|
||||
"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop "
|
||||
"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling "
|
||||
"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to "
|
||||
"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate "
|
||||
"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having "
|
||||
"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to "
|
||||
"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center "
|
||||
"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the "
|
||||
"command line run"
|
||||
"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press"
|
||||
" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "lxqt-config-input."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to"
|
||||
#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " and mouse."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings"
|
||||
#~ " for how fast the mouse moves "
|
||||
#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase"
|
||||
#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag"
|
||||
#~ " the slider next to sensitivity "
|
||||
#~ "towards the right or conversely to "
|
||||
#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider "
|
||||
#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase "
|
||||
#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right"
|
||||
#~ " for acceleration and to make the "
|
||||
#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to "
|
||||
#~ "the left. The settings should apply "
|
||||
#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse "
|
||||
#~ "moves how you want it. If you "
|
||||
#~ "do not like the new settings press"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go "
|
||||
#~ "back to your previous settings."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to only have to "
|
||||
#~ "click once to activate buttons normally"
|
||||
#~ " requiring two clicks check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left"
|
||||
#~ " and right buttons on your mouse "
|
||||
#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ " Note that this also swaps the "
|
||||
#~ "button on a touchpad."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left"
|
||||
#~ " lets you change your cursor theme"
|
||||
#~ " which is quite useful if you "
|
||||
#~ "are say running virtual machines so "
|
||||
#~ "the cursor does not look the same"
|
||||
#~ " in the host and the guest. To"
|
||||
#~ " change a theme scroll down to "
|
||||
#~ "which theme you want under preview "
|
||||
#~ "but you will have to logout and"
|
||||
#~ " log back in again for this to"
|
||||
#~ " fully take effect."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you"
|
||||
#~ " want to change how quickly it "
|
||||
#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut "
|
||||
#~ "move the slider to the right on"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take "
|
||||
#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to"
|
||||
#~ " the left to decrease the time "
|
||||
#~ "it takes to repeat. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly "
|
||||
#~ "after the repeat delay the held "
|
||||
#~ "down key will repeat itself which "
|
||||
#~ "moving to the right will make it"
|
||||
#~ " take longer to increase while to "
|
||||
#~ "the left will make it take a "
|
||||
#~ "short time to repeat itself. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock "
|
||||
#~ "is set on login on your computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has "
|
||||
#~ "settings to add a new keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "layout. In the top center of the"
|
||||
#~ " window is a listing of your "
|
||||
#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint"
|
||||
#~ " applied to it. To add a "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add "
|
||||
#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout"
|
||||
#~ " left click on the keyboard and "
|
||||
#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To "
|
||||
#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down"
|
||||
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`"
|
||||
#~ " drop down."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In"
|
||||
#~ " LXQt configuration center press the "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard"
|
||||
#~ " and mouse or from the command "
|
||||
#~ "line run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale"
|
||||
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12
|
||||
@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local"
|
||||
" and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search"
|
||||
" through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement "
|
||||
"units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you "
|
||||
"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization."
|
||||
"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more "
|
||||
"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point "
|
||||
"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change"
|
||||
" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which "
|
||||
"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale."
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> locale` or run"
|
||||
"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
|
||||
"settings --> Locale` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale "
|
||||
"button that looks like a flag."
|
||||
"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A "
|
||||
"on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a flag."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your locale the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of "
|
||||
#~ "your local and in the drop down"
|
||||
#~ " menu you can type the name of"
|
||||
#~ " your locale to search through the"
|
||||
#~ " locales or scroll through the long"
|
||||
#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will"
|
||||
#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and"
|
||||
#~ " measurment units will be shown on"
|
||||
#~ " your system. If you do not "
|
||||
#~ "like the changes you can press the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for "
|
||||
#~ "even more customization."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch locale in the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> locale` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the command line. In LXQt "
|
||||
#~ "configuration center press the locale "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a flag."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences"
|
||||
@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for "
|
||||
"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your "
|
||||
"system look different than the screenshots in this manual."
|
||||
"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for "
|
||||
"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look"
|
||||
" different than the screenshots in this manual."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter sets up the many "
|
||||
#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for "
|
||||
#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware "
|
||||
#~ "that this likely will make your "
|
||||
#~ "system look different than the "
|
||||
#~ "screenshots in this manual."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to "
|
||||
"change preferences on Lubuntu."
|
||||
"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, "
|
||||
"and themeing Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter contains details on tools"
|
||||
#~ " to manage your system and to "
|
||||
#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center"
|
||||
@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has "
|
||||
"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover "
|
||||
"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for "
|
||||
"command line packages please use muon instead."
|
||||
"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, "
|
||||
"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for "
|
||||
"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6
|
||||
@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. "
|
||||
"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing "
|
||||
"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can "
|
||||
"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the "
|
||||
"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a "
|
||||
"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking "
|
||||
"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot "
|
||||
"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`"
|
||||
" or click not on the screenshot."
|
||||
"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the "
|
||||
"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view "
|
||||
"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. "
|
||||
"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When "
|
||||
"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. "
|
||||
"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on "
|
||||
"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you"
|
||||
" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the "
|
||||
"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the "
|
||||
"start with press the button that looks like a house."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All "
|
||||
"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside "
|
||||
"the areas of reviews."
|
||||
"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. "
|
||||
"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper "
|
||||
"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the"
|
||||
" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner."
|
||||
"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All "
|
||||
"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside "
|
||||
"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the "
|
||||
"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on "
|
||||
"the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for "
|
||||
"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that "
|
||||
"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange"
|
||||
" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to"
|
||||
" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of "
|
||||
"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To "
|
||||
"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all "
|
||||
"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you "
|
||||
"are installing these updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your"
|
||||
" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and"
|
||||
" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will "
|
||||
"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program."
|
||||
"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that "
|
||||
"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`"
|
||||
" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select "
|
||||
"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the "
|
||||
"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis."
|
||||
" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the "
|
||||
"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download "
|
||||
"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all "
|
||||
"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these "
|
||||
"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will "
|
||||
"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` "
|
||||
"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt "
|
||||
"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar "
|
||||
"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software "
|
||||
"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the "
|
||||
"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` "
|
||||
"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release "
|
||||
"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release "
|
||||
"date."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the "
|
||||
"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. "
|
||||
"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the "
|
||||
"checkbox next to that software source."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> "
|
||||
"Discover` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle "
|
||||
"with a white downward pointing arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover"
|
||||
@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Discover allows you to install and "
|
||||
#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has"
|
||||
#~ " a simplistic interface making it "
|
||||
#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover "
|
||||
#~ "however only shows GUI application "
|
||||
#~ "packages so if you are looking for"
|
||||
#~ " command line packages please use "
|
||||
#~ "muon instead."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Discover allows you to search for "
|
||||
#~ "applications by using the search box."
|
||||
#~ " Clicking on a program will give "
|
||||
#~ "you a description of it. When "
|
||||
#~ "installing or removing software, you "
|
||||
#~ "will be prompted for your password. "
|
||||
#~ "You can also browse through different"
|
||||
#~ " categories on the left clicking on"
|
||||
#~ " the different categories. To move "
|
||||
#~ "back from a category or search "
|
||||
#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which "
|
||||
#~ "functions similar to the back button "
|
||||
#~ "in a web browser. In the results"
|
||||
#~ " after selecting your program you are"
|
||||
#~ " looking at you can select a "
|
||||
#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view "
|
||||
#~ "of the screenshot click on the "
|
||||
#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on"
|
||||
#~ " the screenshot."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view user reviews of a program"
|
||||
#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user "
|
||||
#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click "
|
||||
#~ "outside the areas of reviews."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for programs in discover "
|
||||
#~ "type in the search bar in the "
|
||||
#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
#~ "F`. To view featured applications press"
|
||||
#~ " the blue rectangle on the top "
|
||||
#~ "left hand corner."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Discover allows you to update software"
|
||||
#~ " using the Updates tab located on "
|
||||
#~ "the bottom of the left column. You"
|
||||
#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for "
|
||||
#~ "updates` button to check for updates "
|
||||
#~ "manually. If you have updates that "
|
||||
#~ "need to be installed Update with a"
|
||||
#~ " gear and will be highlighted in "
|
||||
#~ "orange and the number of updates "
|
||||
#~ "that are available. When you select "
|
||||
#~ "updates to install and have updates "
|
||||
#~ "towards the upper left shows you "
|
||||
#~ "the number of packages to update "
|
||||
#~ "and the size of the download in"
|
||||
#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to "
|
||||
#~ "install all updates and then you "
|
||||
#~ "will need to enter your password "
|
||||
#~ "to make sure you are installing "
|
||||
#~ "these updates."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To remove software use the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse "
|
||||
#~ "your installed packages, search using "
|
||||
#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), "
|
||||
#~ "and the click the remove button to"
|
||||
#~ " remove software by pressing the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a"
|
||||
#~ " program installed there will also be"
|
||||
#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually"
|
||||
#~ " launch this program."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In the upper right corner of "
|
||||
#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`"
|
||||
#~ " category to sort your search results"
|
||||
#~ " by name, rating, size, and release"
|
||||
#~ " date."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager"
|
||||
@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating "
|
||||
"updating packages."
|
||||
"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating "
|
||||
"packages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8
|
||||
@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can "
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can "
|
||||
"right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to "
|
||||
"install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about"
|
||||
" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not "
|
||||
"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking"
|
||||
" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green "
|
||||
"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your"
|
||||
" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be "
|
||||
"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for "
|
||||
"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`."
|
||||
" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not "
|
||||
"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue "
|
||||
"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the "
|
||||
"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will "
|
||||
"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the"
|
||||
" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last "
|
||||
"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages "
|
||||
"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12
|
||||
@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of"
|
||||
" the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the"
|
||||
" package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the"
|
||||
" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle "
|
||||
"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column."
|
||||
" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button"
|
||||
" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Package` columns."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14
|
||||
@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the"
|
||||
" previous package left click on the list of packages above press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Up Arrow`."
|
||||
":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page "
|
||||
"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. "
|
||||
"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To "
|
||||
"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the "
|
||||
"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a "
|
||||
"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a "
|
||||
"description of the package you are currently selected. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from "
|
||||
"what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it"
|
||||
" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows "
|
||||
" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows "
|
||||
"you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To"
|
||||
" view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll "
|
||||
"down to view them."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. "
|
||||
"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under "
|
||||
"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select "
|
||||
":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a"
|
||||
" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system."
|
||||
"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files "
|
||||
"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search"
|
||||
" through your history enter what you want to search for in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to"
|
||||
" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. "
|
||||
"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the"
|
||||
" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the "
|
||||
"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to "
|
||||
"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular"
|
||||
" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By "
|
||||
"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the"
|
||||
" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select "
|
||||
":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under "
|
||||
"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a"
|
||||
" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only"
|
||||
" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider "
|
||||
"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider "
|
||||
"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To "
|
||||
"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` "
|
||||
"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not "
|
||||
"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. "
|
||||
"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from "
|
||||
":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To "
|
||||
"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select "
|
||||
":guilabel:`All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By "
|
||||
"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to "
|
||||
"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and "
|
||||
"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to "
|
||||
"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both "
|
||||
":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies "
|
||||
"that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the "
|
||||
"divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed"
|
||||
"(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be"
|
||||
" removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then "
|
||||
"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark"
|
||||
" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary "
|
||||
"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark "
|
||||
"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary "
|
||||
"Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||||
"Changes` button to apply changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button "
|
||||
"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how "
|
||||
"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The "
|
||||
"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. "
|
||||
"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply "
|
||||
"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the "
|
||||
"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss "
|
||||
"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your "
|
||||
"shortcut here`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show "
|
||||
"Toolbar` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` "
|
||||
"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By "
|
||||
"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` "
|
||||
"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages "
|
||||
"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`32-bit` line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button "
|
||||
"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually"
|
||||
" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full "
|
||||
"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the"
|
||||
" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an "
|
||||
"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow "
|
||||
"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools"
|
||||
" --> Muon package manager` or run"
|
||||
"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load"
|
||||
" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to "
|
||||
"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how "
|
||||
"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`upgradeable`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show "
|
||||
"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` "
|
||||
"again to get your checkbox back."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager "
|
||||
"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools"
|
||||
" --> Muon Package Manager` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box "
|
||||
"with a downward pointing black arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` "
|
||||
"brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The"
|
||||
" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will "
|
||||
"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will "
|
||||
"automatically install one when you install a recommended package."
|
||||
" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will "
|
||||
"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will "
|
||||
"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To "
|
||||
"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the "
|
||||
"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting "
|
||||
"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages "
|
||||
"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to "
|
||||
"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
|
||||
" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press"
|
||||
" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the "
|
||||
"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an"
|
||||
" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. "
|
||||
"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar"
|
||||
" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The "
|
||||
"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. "
|
||||
"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply "
|
||||
"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the "
|
||||
"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press "
|
||||
"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your "
|
||||
"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative"
|
||||
#~ " GUI for installing and updating "
|
||||
#~ "updating packages."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for a program to install"
|
||||
#~ " type into the bar at the top"
|
||||
#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you "
|
||||
#~ "find something you want to install "
|
||||
#~ "you can right click and then mark"
|
||||
#~ " for installation. When the package "
|
||||
#~ "you want to install has additional "
|
||||
#~ "dependencies will show up if you "
|
||||
#~ "think twice about wanting to install "
|
||||
#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` "
|
||||
#~ "button to not pull in all those"
|
||||
#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to "
|
||||
#~ "continue looking for software to "
|
||||
#~ "install. To apply your changes you "
|
||||
#~ "can press the green checkbox button "
|
||||
#~ "that says apply changes and you "
|
||||
#~ "will end up entering your password "
|
||||
#~ "to confirm you want to install and"
|
||||
#~ " then the package will be installed."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to undo the the"
|
||||
#~ " last operation you have done for "
|
||||
#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get "
|
||||
#~ "rid of all your marked packages "
|
||||
#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Unmark All`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package "
|
||||
#~ "name and a short description of "
|
||||
#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows "
|
||||
#~ "what the current status of the "
|
||||
#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows"
|
||||
#~ " what status you want for the "
|
||||
#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order "
|
||||
#~ "of packages press the triangle button"
|
||||
#~ " just to the left of the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select the next package left "
|
||||
#~ "click on the list of packages "
|
||||
#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to "
|
||||
#~ "move to the next selected package. "
|
||||
#~ "To select the previous package left "
|
||||
#~ "click on the list of packages "
|
||||
#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "When you find your package you "
|
||||
#~ "want to install on the bottom half"
|
||||
#~ " of the screen there is a bar"
|
||||
#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab "
|
||||
#~ "has a description of the package "
|
||||
#~ "you are currently selected. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you"
|
||||
#~ " where the package comes from what"
|
||||
#~ " category it is and what the "
|
||||
#~ "installed size would be and what "
|
||||
#~ "size it takes to download the "
|
||||
#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab "
|
||||
#~ "shows you what other packages are "
|
||||
#~ "needed by the package you wish to"
|
||||
#~ " install. To view the changes of "
|
||||
#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` "
|
||||
#~ "and scroll down to view them."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to see your history"
|
||||
#~ " of package updates and installed "
|
||||
#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view "
|
||||
#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +"
|
||||
#~ " h`. To view all installed packes "
|
||||
#~ "on the left hand side of the "
|
||||
#~ "window under filetered click the divider"
|
||||
#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper "
|
||||
#~ "main part of the window will be"
|
||||
#~ " a window with a scrollbar to "
|
||||
#~ "see all packages on your system."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you remove some packages you "
|
||||
#~ "may have packages that were dependencies"
|
||||
#~ " that are no longer needed anymore"
|
||||
#~ " you can check on this by "
|
||||
#~ "clicking the divider on the left "
|
||||
#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status "
|
||||
#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show "
|
||||
#~ "if you have packages that are now"
|
||||
#~ " able to be removed without any "
|
||||
#~ "problems that are no longer serving "
|
||||
#~ "a purpose. Then select the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If "
|
||||
#~ "you just want to mark all packages"
|
||||
#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of "
|
||||
#~ "course you will need to press the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply"
|
||||
#~ " changes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To check for updates in muon press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear "
|
||||
#~ "button with an arrow or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to save all of "
|
||||
#~ "your packages on a text file you"
|
||||
#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download"
|
||||
#~ " Pakcage List`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the bottom of muon package "
|
||||
#~ "manager there is a toolbar that "
|
||||
#~ "states how many packages are available,"
|
||||
#~ " installed, and upgradeable."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`"
|
||||
#~ " and a window to open shortcuts "
|
||||
#~ "will appear. The column for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "shortcut will do. The column "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a"
|
||||
#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add"
|
||||
#~ " shortcut to something that does not"
|
||||
#~ " have it press the small faint "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop "
|
||||
#~ "down menu and presss the button "
|
||||
#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and"
|
||||
#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch muon package manager from "
|
||||
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> "
|
||||
#~ "Muon package manager` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon"
|
||||
#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes "
|
||||
#~ "that affect other packages` brings up"
|
||||
#~ " confirmation dialog when you will "
|
||||
#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as "
|
||||
#~ "dependencies` will always install all "
|
||||
#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and "
|
||||
#~ "will automatically install one when you"
|
||||
#~ " install a recommended package."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. "
|
||||
"This could involve:"
|
||||
"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources."
|
||||
" This could involve:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new "
|
||||
"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new "
|
||||
"releases,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
|
||||
msgid "Changing download server"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "changing download server"
|
||||
msgid "Installing proprietary drivers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "etc,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the "
|
||||
"window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software "
|
||||
"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and "
|
||||
"select a download server among other things."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. "
|
||||
"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the "
|
||||
"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable "
|
||||
"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To "
|
||||
"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` "
|
||||
"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download "
|
||||
"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best "
|
||||
"Server`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe"
|
||||
" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and "
|
||||
"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will "
|
||||
"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely "
|
||||
"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can "
|
||||
"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal "
|
||||
"Releases, Long term releases or Never."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit "
|
||||
"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) "
|
||||
"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the "
|
||||
"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left "
|
||||
"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of "
|
||||
"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not "
|
||||
"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source "
|
||||
"and your download has not been intercepted."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you "
|
||||
"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security "
|
||||
"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released "
|
||||
"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how "
|
||||
"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right "
|
||||
"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely "
|
||||
"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can "
|
||||
"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases "
|
||||
"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your "
|
||||
"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a"
|
||||
" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of "
|
||||
"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted "
|
||||
"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to"
|
||||
" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the "
|
||||
"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore "
|
||||
"Defaults` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing "
|
||||
"developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We "
|
||||
@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software "
|
||||
"Sources`"
|
||||
"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. "
|
||||
"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to "
|
||||
"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Proprietary Drivers"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)"
|
||||
" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`."
|
||||
"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` "
|
||||
"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` "
|
||||
"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not "
|
||||
"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the"
|
||||
" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet "
|
||||
"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To "
|
||||
"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "command line:"
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences "
|
||||
"--> Additional Drivers`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, "
|
||||
"To launch software properties from the menu you can "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package "
|
||||
"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In "
|
||||
"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) "
|
||||
"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white "
|
||||
"downward pointing arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, "
|
||||
"security,"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Occasionally you may need to change "
|
||||
#~ "the setting of you software sources. "
|
||||
#~ "This could involve:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "changing update settings like update "
|
||||
#~ "frequency, notification of new releases,"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "changing download server"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "etc,"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving"
|
||||
#~ " the downloading of software from "
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can "
|
||||
#~ "disable proprietary software and select "
|
||||
#~ "a download server among other things."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Other software allows you to add, "
|
||||
#~ "remove or edit other software sources."
|
||||
#~ " Here you can manage remote "
|
||||
#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM "
|
||||
#~ "repositories."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Updates allows you set which software"
|
||||
#~ " updates you would like to subscribe"
|
||||
#~ " to, in this case Security, "
|
||||
#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and "
|
||||
#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set"
|
||||
#~ " how frequently your system will "
|
||||
#~ "automatically check for updates and what"
|
||||
#~ " actions it should take, namely "
|
||||
#~ "notify you, download (without notification),"
|
||||
#~ " or install updates. You can also "
|
||||
#~ "specify which releases you would like"
|
||||
#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases,"
|
||||
#~ " Long term releases or Never."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Authentication manages key files which "
|
||||
#~ "ensure your downloads are not "
|
||||
#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are "
|
||||
#~ "download from a reliable source and "
|
||||
#~ "your download has not been intercepted."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In Muon Package Manager "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software "
|
||||
#~ "Sources`"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In Discover Software Center "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) "
|
||||
#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software"
|
||||
#~ " Sources`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "command line:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, "
|
||||
#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security,"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
78
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po
Normal file
78
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This "
|
||||
"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to "
|
||||
"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a"
|
||||
" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is "
|
||||
"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have to restart after an update the window will say "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Restart Required`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full "
|
||||
"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt "
|
||||
"Configuration Center, or from the command line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular"
|
||||
" arrows above it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove "
|
||||
"software and manage sources."
|
||||
"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and "
|
||||
"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter will teach you how to"
|
||||
#~ " use GUI to install update and "
|
||||
#~ "remove software and manage sources."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons"
|
||||
@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or "
|
||||
"desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you "
|
||||
"want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is "
|
||||
"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like "
|
||||
"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move"
|
||||
" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current "
|
||||
"Position`."
|
||||
"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like "
|
||||
"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag"
|
||||
" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then "
|
||||
"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to "
|
||||
"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and"
|
||||
" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this "
|
||||
"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an "
|
||||
":guilabel:`!` on the icon."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop "
|
||||
"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide "
|
||||
"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to "
|
||||
"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show "
|
||||
"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on "
|
||||
"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> "
|
||||
"Blank File`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on "
|
||||
"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by"
|
||||
" how large each file is right click on the desktop "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name "
|
||||
"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File"
|
||||
" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way "
|
||||
"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> "
|
||||
"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right "
|
||||
"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case "
|
||||
"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and"
|
||||
" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background"
|
||||
" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what "
|
||||
"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Invert Selection`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right "
|
||||
"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of "
|
||||
"all files in your trash can."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from"
|
||||
" the application menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders "
|
||||
"from the File manager onto the desktop."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rename`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the "
|
||||
"icon :menuselection:`Properties`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop "
|
||||
"directory in your home folder."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`move to trash`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move to Trash`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Editing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to "
|
||||
"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice "
|
||||
"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add"
|
||||
" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name "
|
||||
"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change "
|
||||
"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by"
|
||||
" something else change the line starting with Icon=."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Creating"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher "
|
||||
"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of "
|
||||
"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to "
|
||||
"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add "
|
||||
"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon "
|
||||
"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button"
|
||||
" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches"
|
||||
" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make "
|
||||
"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`URL` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "file and click move to trash."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The icons on your desktop can be"
|
||||
#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and"
|
||||
#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the "
|
||||
#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or "
|
||||
#~ "desktop entry files can be opened "
|
||||
#~ "by double click on the icon. If"
|
||||
#~ " you want to view or edit a "
|
||||
#~ "desktop file say for launching an "
|
||||
#~ "application is to right click on "
|
||||
#~ "the icon open with and slect say"
|
||||
#~ " a text editor like featherpad to "
|
||||
#~ "open file. If you move a desktop"
|
||||
#~ " icon and then want to move it"
|
||||
#~ " back right click and uncheck "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To remove a desktop icon right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the file and click "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner"
|
||||
@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in "
|
||||
"the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what "
|
||||
"you're looking for."
|
||||
"you're looking for and launching it quickly."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a "
|
||||
"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar "
|
||||
"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a"
|
||||
" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar "
|
||||
"behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way"
|
||||
" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If"
|
||||
" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu "
|
||||
" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If "
|
||||
"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, "
|
||||
"shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also "
|
||||
"keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application "
|
||||
"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot."
|
||||
"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a "
|
||||
"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on "
|
||||
"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` "
|
||||
"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator "
|
||||
"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the "
|
||||
"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter "
|
||||
":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into "
|
||||
"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the"
|
||||
" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer "
|
||||
"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing "
|
||||
"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press "
|
||||
"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To "
|
||||
"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward "
|
||||
"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen "
|
||||
"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something "
|
||||
"press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the"
|
||||
" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon "
|
||||
"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then "
|
||||
"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you "
|
||||
"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch "
|
||||
"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results "
|
||||
"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the "
|
||||
"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the "
|
||||
"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the "
|
||||
"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon"
|
||||
" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the"
|
||||
" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which "
|
||||
"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu."
|
||||
" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a "
|
||||
"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or "
|
||||
"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen "
|
||||
"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to "
|
||||
"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your "
|
||||
"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should "
|
||||
"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start "
|
||||
"it for some reason run"
|
||||
"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` "
|
||||
"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually"
|
||||
" start it for some reason run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " first."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Runner allows you to search for "
|
||||
#~ "and launch applications and commands in"
|
||||
#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a "
|
||||
#~ "quick and convenient way of finding "
|
||||
#~ "what you're looking for."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for a program, press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a"
|
||||
#~ " command. The search results will "
|
||||
#~ "show below, similar to address bar "
|
||||
#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed "
|
||||
#~ "applications can be launched this way"
|
||||
#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to"
|
||||
#~ " store a history of recent programs."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to clear history "
|
||||
#~ "open the downard pointing menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner "
|
||||
#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or "
|
||||
#~ "other ways to leave your session "
|
||||
#~ "through the runner. Also keep in "
|
||||
#~ "mind you do not have to search "
|
||||
#~ "for the start of an application "
|
||||
#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show "
|
||||
#~ "results for screenshot."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Runner has a few configuration options."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to change the "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, "
|
||||
#~ "click the the downward arrow on "
|
||||
#~ "the right side of the search bar"
|
||||
#~ " to open up the menu. Select "
|
||||
#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the"
|
||||
#~ " bottom there is a label that "
|
||||
#~ "says shortcut and then a button "
|
||||
#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left"
|
||||
#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button"
|
||||
#~ " and a countdown will begin in "
|
||||
#~ "which time you need to press the"
|
||||
#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you"
|
||||
#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In "
|
||||
#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe "
|
||||
#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to show history first check "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ " To change how many results are "
|
||||
#~ "shown when you show a a result "
|
||||
#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To "
|
||||
#~ "change where the runner appears to "
|
||||
#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop"
|
||||
#~ " down menu to center of the "
|
||||
#~ "screen. To reset your changes in "
|
||||
#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
|
||||
#~ "button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Runner should be running in the "
|
||||
#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should"
|
||||
#~ " bring it forward to launch an "
|
||||
#~ "application. If you need to manually "
|
||||
#~ "start it for some reason run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management"
|
||||
@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we "
|
||||
"interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened,"
|
||||
" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as "
|
||||
"default a window manager."
|
||||
" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a "
|
||||
"default window manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7
|
||||
@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic "
|
||||
"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic "
|
||||
"controls of the window. Starting from left to right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task "
|
||||
"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on "
|
||||
"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`"
|
||||
"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on"
|
||||
" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the "
|
||||
"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with "
|
||||
":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the "
|
||||
"tittlebar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen."
|
||||
msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog "
|
||||
"asks for to save or the program is not responding."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "In the top center is the title of your window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the "
|
||||
"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. "
|
||||
"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the "
|
||||
"mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners"
|
||||
" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging."
|
||||
" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on "
|
||||
"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at "
|
||||
"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you "
|
||||
"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of "
|
||||
"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this "
|
||||
"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to "
|
||||
"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier "
|
||||
"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available "
|
||||
"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - "
|
||||
"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the "
|
||||
"change the size of a window."
|
||||
"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left "
|
||||
"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the "
|
||||
"window management menu. Here you can:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual "
|
||||
"desktop of your choice or All Desktops"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this "
|
||||
"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can "
|
||||
"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also "
|
||||
"available here."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get "
|
||||
"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32
|
||||
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + "
|
||||
"Shift+Tab`"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`."
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt+Space`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` "
|
||||
"again to make it not fullscreen."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right "
|
||||
"arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt"
|
||||
@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Moving windows between monitors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can"
|
||||
" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar"
|
||||
" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to."
|
||||
" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video "
|
||||
"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you "
|
||||
"want with your second monitor."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "window to that side of the screen."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Window are the area which contains "
|
||||
#~ "the graphical user interface that we "
|
||||
#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these"
|
||||
#~ " windows can typically be opened, "
|
||||
#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a "
|
||||
#~ "window manager."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In the top-right corner of a "
|
||||
#~ "windows a few commands allow you "
|
||||
#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting"
|
||||
#~ " from left to right"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window "
|
||||
#~ "making it only appear on the task"
|
||||
#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be"
|
||||
#~ " recalled by clicking on the "
|
||||
#~ "application on the task bar, or "
|
||||
#~ "cycling through open windows with "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The window can be moved by by "
|
||||
#~ "clicking on the title-bar and "
|
||||
#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize "
|
||||
#~ "the window by grabbing the border "
|
||||
#~ "(sides or corners which should be "
|
||||
#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or"
|
||||
#~ " left clicking on the icon located"
|
||||
#~ " at the top-left of the window"
|
||||
#~ " brings the window management menu. "
|
||||
#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to"
|
||||
#~ " desktop, send the window to a "
|
||||
#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - "
|
||||
#~ "Using Layer option allows you to "
|
||||
#~ "set whether this windows is always "
|
||||
#~ "on top, etc. - If you want "
|
||||
#~ "to move something to always show "
|
||||
#~ "to bottom or you can move it "
|
||||
#~ "back to normal. - The earlier "
|
||||
#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and "
|
||||
#~ "Resize option are also available here."
|
||||
#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window"
|
||||
#~ " into the title-bar. - "
|
||||
#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. "
|
||||
#~ "- Resize lets you use the change"
|
||||
#~ " the size of a window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation"
|
||||
@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the "
|
||||
"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there "
|
||||
"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example "
|
||||
"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to"
|
||||
" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently "
|
||||
"selected menu item will appear in a different color."
|
||||
"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard "
|
||||
"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an "
|
||||
"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file "
|
||||
"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other "
|
||||
"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The "
|
||||
"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you "
|
||||
"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and "
|
||||
"then press that key to see what it is to press."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to "
|
||||
"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the "
|
||||
"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move "
|
||||
"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to "
|
||||
"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Enter`."
|
||||
"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and "
|
||||
":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move"
|
||||
" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has "
|
||||
":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to "
|
||||
"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To "
|
||||
"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an"
|
||||
" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an "
|
||||
"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` "
|
||||
"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to "
|
||||
"the top of the menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to "
|
||||
"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a "
|
||||
"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a "
|
||||
"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move "
|
||||
#~ "through the menus of with only the"
|
||||
#~ " keyboard instead of having to use"
|
||||
#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus "
|
||||
#~ "there is an underlined with a "
|
||||
#~ "letter. To open that menu with a"
|
||||
#~ " for example ofter the file menu "
|
||||
#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`."
|
||||
#~ " One other thing to notice is "
|
||||
#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined "
|
||||
#~ "character`. The currently selected menu "
|
||||
#~ "item will appear in a different "
|
||||
#~ "color."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once you have the menu opened you"
|
||||
#~ " can use the up and down arrow"
|
||||
#~ " keys to move up and down in"
|
||||
#~ " a menu. If the menu has "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you "
|
||||
#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand"
|
||||
#~ " into a submenu. To move back "
|
||||
#~ "up a level from the menu press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To"
|
||||
#~ " move to adjacent menu to the "
|
||||
#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. "
|
||||
#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to "
|
||||
#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right "
|
||||
#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on "
|
||||
#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner"
|
||||
" to launch applications and window management."
|
||||
"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the "
|
||||
"runner to launch applications, and window management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter will teach you how to"
|
||||
#~ " use the panel desktop icons the "
|
||||
#~ "runner to launch applications and window"
|
||||
#~ " management."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor "
|
||||
"for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want "
|
||||
"to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or"
|
||||
" if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-"
|
||||
"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install "
|
||||
"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package."
|
||||
"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you "
|
||||
"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the "
|
||||
"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll"
|
||||
" wheel."
|
||||
"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste "
|
||||
"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the "
|
||||
"scroll wheel."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu "
|
||||
"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu "
|
||||
"packages website <https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind of "
|
||||
"computer you are on. On the command line you can run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not "
|
||||
"installed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced "
|
||||
"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need "
|
||||
"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and "
|
||||
"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to "
|
||||
"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options "
|
||||
"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level "
|
||||
"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot "
|
||||
"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option "
|
||||
"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get "
|
||||
"a black screen without proprietary drivers."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can "
|
||||
"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki "
|
||||
"<http://openbox.org/wiki/Main_Page>`_ ."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video "
|
||||
"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what"
|
||||
" time it is."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find "
|
||||
"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you "
|
||||
"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you "
|
||||
"will need to run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "to get your changes actually applied."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your"
|
||||
#~ " system putting a different mouse "
|
||||
#~ "cursor for both the host and the"
|
||||
#~ " guest can let you tell them "
|
||||
#~ "apart. If you want to install many"
|
||||
#~ " more colors you can search the "
|
||||
#~ "repositories for cursor or if you "
|
||||
#~ "just want many different colors install"
|
||||
#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra "
|
||||
#~ "package. To have a a different "
|
||||
#~ "style for applications to install you"
|
||||
#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-"
|
||||
#~ "plastique package."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you select text on X11 you "
|
||||
#~ "can do what is middle click paste"
|
||||
#~ " the selected text with the middle"
|
||||
#~ " mouse button by clicking down on "
|
||||
#~ "the scroll wheel."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To find out what version of "
|
||||
#~ "softare you have you can view the"
|
||||
#~ " `ubuntu packages website "
|
||||
#~ "<https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind"
|
||||
#~ " of computer you are on. On the"
|
||||
#~ " command line you can run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
168
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po
Normal file
168
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix B Contributing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "We need help"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every "
|
||||
"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers "
|
||||
"to develop as well as to maintain."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "…not code"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is "
|
||||
"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream "
|
||||
"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not "
|
||||
"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following "
|
||||
"without really knowing much more than you already do:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "`Documentation <https://phab.lubuntu.me/source/manual/>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "`Testing <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/testing/>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "`Bug triage <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/bugs/>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "No strings attached"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu"
|
||||
" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go "
|
||||
"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly "
|
||||
"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Free training"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that "
|
||||
"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to "
|
||||
"provide assistance."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36
|
||||
msgid "Why not join?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you "
|
||||
"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, "
|
||||
"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and "
|
||||
"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a"
|
||||
" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Support and Bug Triage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes "
|
||||
"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge "
|
||||
"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if "
|
||||
"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that "
|
||||
"developers can solve."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "Support"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. "
|
||||
"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support "
|
||||
"channel <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/support/>`_ and jump in to assist when"
|
||||
" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more "
|
||||
"questions can be answered."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging "
|
||||
"procedures <https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DebuggingProcedures>`_ and have a "
|
||||
"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is "
|
||||
"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support "
|
||||
"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are"
|
||||
" typically answered can help."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site "
|
||||
"<https://askubuntu.com/questions/tagged/lubuntu>`_, where people ask more"
|
||||
" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse "
|
||||
"forum <https://discourse.lubuntu.me/c/support>`_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu"
|
||||
" Forum <https://ubuntuforums.org/tags.php?tag=lubuntu>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Bug Triage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of "
|
||||
"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user"
|
||||
" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified "
|
||||
"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they "
|
||||
"would like to see the bug fixed as an update."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix C Command line"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an "
|
||||
"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an "
|
||||
"alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically "
|
||||
"involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. "
|
||||
"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + "
|
||||
"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window."
|
||||
"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which "
|
||||
"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running "
|
||||
"in a window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of "
|
||||
"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to"
|
||||
" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted "
|
||||
"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to "
|
||||
"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted "
|
||||
"to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into "
|
||||
"a command line:"
|
||||
"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and "
|
||||
"explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is "
|
||||
"the -h option gives a human readable output."
|
||||
"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too "
|
||||
"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search "
|
||||
"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "will make a much nicer output than"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To list files on the current file system one of the most important "
|
||||
"commands to know is ls."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more"
|
||||
" options such as viewing all files or long listing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "To change to another directory an important command is"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is"
|
||||
" useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages "
|
||||
"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package "
|
||||
"management <https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html.en>`_ for "
|
||||
"how to insert and remove packages from the command line."
|
||||
"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which"
|
||||
" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package "
|
||||
"management <https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html>`_ for how "
|
||||
"to insert and remove packages from the command line."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor "
|
||||
"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke "
|
||||
"something run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
" +C`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you "
|
||||
"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` "
|
||||
"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is "
|
||||
"called tab completion."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which "
|
||||
"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to "
|
||||
"this for example"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The command line or cli is text"
|
||||
#~ " interface to your computer and an"
|
||||
#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces"
|
||||
#~ " like windows. It typically involves "
|
||||
#~ "typing text commands into a terminal "
|
||||
#~ "to perform some operation. Although not"
|
||||
#~ " necessary to learn, it can be "
|
||||
#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt "
|
||||
#~ "+ T) is a command line running "
|
||||
#~ "in a window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command"
|
||||
#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope"
|
||||
#~ " of the manual. The man command "
|
||||
#~ "brings up the user manual and can"
|
||||
#~ " be used to learn more about a"
|
||||
#~ " commands use, its options and "
|
||||
#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn "
|
||||
#~ "more about the df (disk free) "
|
||||
#~ "command, enter the following into a "
|
||||
#~ "command line:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This will show you the user manual"
|
||||
#~ " for the df command containing and"
|
||||
#~ " explanation of the command and other"
|
||||
#~ " useful information. For example is "
|
||||
#~ "the -h option gives a human "
|
||||
#~ "readable output."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "There is also the command line for"
|
||||
#~ " manageing and installing packages which"
|
||||
#~ " is beyond the scope of this "
|
||||
#~ "appendix but please see `apt package "
|
||||
#~ "management "
|
||||
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html.en>`_ for "
|
||||
#~ "how to insert and remove packages "
|
||||
#~ "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! "
|
||||
"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed"
|
||||
" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely "
|
||||
"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you"
|
||||
" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a "
|
||||
"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as"
|
||||
" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous."
|
||||
"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape"
|
||||
" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause "
|
||||
"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if "
|
||||
"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that "
|
||||
"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power "
|
||||
"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous"
|
||||
" release will download will take time and data."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using "
|
||||
"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the "
|
||||
"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main "
|
||||
"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are "
|
||||
"not supported."
|
||||
"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for "
|
||||
"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping "
|
||||
"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Upgrading with GUI"
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and "
|
||||
"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default"
|
||||
" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but"
|
||||
" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an"
|
||||
" iso again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and "
|
||||
"performing system updates:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System "
|
||||
"Tools --> Software Updater`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, "
|
||||
"reboot manually."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to "
|
||||
"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new "
|
||||
"version, from Software and Updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the "
|
||||
"latest release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the "
|
||||
"command"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported "
|
||||
"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> "
|
||||
"Software and Updates."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information"
|
||||
" you need to know.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Upgrading with command line"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be "
|
||||
"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, "
|
||||
"enter your password."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. "
|
||||
"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is "
|
||||
"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. "
|
||||
"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is "
|
||||
"the simplest."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-"
|
||||
"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To "
|
||||
"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means "
|
||||
"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system "
|
||||
"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files "
|
||||
"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE"
|
||||
" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to "
|
||||
"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system "
|
||||
"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:"
|
||||
"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-"
|
||||
"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu "
|
||||
"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the "
|
||||
"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new "
|
||||
"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup"
|
||||
" your files beforehand**."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, "
|
||||
"else skip it."
|
||||
"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
|
||||
" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Normal Releases`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to "
|
||||
"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep "
|
||||
"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful "
|
||||
"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> "
|
||||
"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a "
|
||||
"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your "
|
||||
"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager "
|
||||
"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets "
|
||||
"\"Prompt=normal\"."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, "
|
||||
"basically starting the process over."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be "
|
||||
"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop "
|
||||
"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so"
|
||||
" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove "
|
||||
"several more obsolete packages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted "
|
||||
"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification"
|
||||
" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times "
|
||||
"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are "
|
||||
"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could "
|
||||
"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling "
|
||||
"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary "
|
||||
"applications:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:"
|
||||
"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in "
|
||||
"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\""
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "We are proud to present the highly"
|
||||
#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! "
|
||||
#~ "This release comes with many changes,"
|
||||
#~ " which will probably be overshadowed "
|
||||
#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop"
|
||||
#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large"
|
||||
#~ " change like this can cause problems,"
|
||||
#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back"
|
||||
#~ " up your files**. Also, if your "
|
||||
#~ "computer is one that runs on a "
|
||||
#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please "
|
||||
#~ "ensure that the power is connected, "
|
||||
#~ "as it may take a while and "
|
||||
#~ "unexpected power failures could be "
|
||||
#~ "disasterous."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "There are two methods of upgrading "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using "
|
||||
#~ "the update manager a graphical user "
|
||||
#~ "interface. The second involves the "
|
||||
#~ "command line and is useful for "
|
||||
#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main "
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit "
|
||||
#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are "
|
||||
#~ "not supported."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "First, ensure your system is up-"
|
||||
#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater "
|
||||
#~ "and performing system updates:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This can be done by clicking the"
|
||||
#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System "
|
||||
#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "After the install is completed you "
|
||||
#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not,"
|
||||
#~ " reboot manually."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long"
|
||||
#~ " Term Support) release, you may have"
|
||||
#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions"
|
||||
#~ " of Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of"
|
||||
#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For "
|
||||
#~ "any new version, from Software and "
|
||||
#~ "Updates."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Close the update manager, and you "
|
||||
#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to "
|
||||
#~ "the latest release."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal"
|
||||
#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type "
|
||||
#~ "in the command"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The -d flag is referring to the"
|
||||
#~ " fact that it's moving to an "
|
||||
#~ "unsupported release (if you are on "
|
||||
#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This can be done by clicking the"
|
||||
#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences "
|
||||
#~ "-> Software and Updates."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Read the release notes. **This is "
|
||||
#~ "important, in case there is information"
|
||||
#~ " you need to know.**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed,"
|
||||
#~ " you want to restart your pc. "
|
||||
#~ "This can be done in a number "
|
||||
#~ "of ways, however the following command"
|
||||
#~ " is the simplest."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The next thing you want to do "
|
||||
#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-"
|
||||
#~ "release-upgrade is the command line "
|
||||
#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. "
|
||||
#~ "To run it, you need root "
|
||||
#~ "privileges, which, from the command line"
|
||||
#~ " means prefixing the command with "
|
||||
#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating "
|
||||
#~ "system version can sometimes cause "
|
||||
#~ "problems, so **always backup your files"
|
||||
#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches"
|
||||
#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE "
|
||||
#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and "
|
||||
#~ "can cause problems. You need to "
|
||||
#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE "
|
||||
#~ "packages which clutter your system after"
|
||||
#~ " the install. Enter the following "
|
||||
#~ "command into your terminal:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You may be prompted \"No new "
|
||||
#~ "release found\", if so follow this "
|
||||
#~ "step, else skip it."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long "
|
||||
#~ "term support release, you will have "
|
||||
#~ "to opt-in to install the regular"
|
||||
#~ " releases. **It is important that you"
|
||||
#~ " keep your software up-to-date "
|
||||
#~ "in these releases as they are more"
|
||||
#~ " featureful and get regular security "
|
||||
#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu"
|
||||
#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & "
|
||||
#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify "
|
||||
#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and "
|
||||
#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter"
|
||||
#~ " your password to authenticate this "
|
||||
#~ "choice. The software and updates manager"
|
||||
#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-"
|
||||
#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Now, update your software and run "
|
||||
#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, "
|
||||
#~ "basically starting the process over."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "During the release upgrade, several "
|
||||
#~ "changes will take place. You will "
|
||||
#~ "be asked to select a display "
|
||||
#~ "manager, the new default is Simple "
|
||||
#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This "
|
||||
#~ "will happen in the middle of the"
|
||||
#~ " install, so don't walk away until"
|
||||
#~ " after you have done this. The "
|
||||
#~ "upgrade will remove several more "
|
||||
#~ "obsolete packages."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "After the installation, reboot into the"
|
||||
#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted "
|
||||
#~ "by a new login screen that is "
|
||||
#~ "the SDDM display manager and a "
|
||||
#~ "notification that this is now your "
|
||||
#~ "first time running LXQt Power "
|
||||
#~ "Management."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Many of the old applications will "
|
||||
#~ "not be removed. Newer and often "
|
||||
#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based "
|
||||
#~ "applications with the same functionality "
|
||||
#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having"
|
||||
#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat"
|
||||
#~ " your system and isn't the true "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them "
|
||||
#~ "may be a good idea. The following"
|
||||
#~ " command will remove unnecessary "
|
||||
#~ "applications:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix E Live Session"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session "
|
||||
"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The "
|
||||
"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live "
|
||||
"session can also be used to install Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Reasons for using live session:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "OS testing."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Fixing broken installs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Backing up files"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer "
|
||||
"turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then "
|
||||
"mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your "
|
||||
"hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and "
|
||||
"then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different "
|
||||
"things out in a live session."
|
||||
"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A"
|
||||
" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something "
|
||||
"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration "
|
||||
"changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted"
|
||||
" drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default "
|
||||
"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your "
|
||||
"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live "
|
||||
"session uses UTC as the default time zone."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "without installing it. In a live "
|
||||
@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "session."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "without installing it. In a live "
|
||||
#~ "session your computer is running off "
|
||||
#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or "
|
||||
#~ "DVD). The session can also be used"
|
||||
#~ " to install Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "A good example of when you would"
|
||||
#~ " use a live session is if your"
|
||||
#~ " computer turns on and won't boot,"
|
||||
#~ " you can run the live session. "
|
||||
#~ "You could then mount the disk and"
|
||||
#~ " backup all of your pictures or "
|
||||
#~ "send an email. If your hard drive"
|
||||
#~ " or SSD is no longer working, "
|
||||
#~ "you can boot a live session and"
|
||||
#~ " then order replacement parts. You "
|
||||
#~ "also can feel free to try "
|
||||
#~ "different things out in a live "
|
||||
#~ "session."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts"
|
||||
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT"
|
||||
"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt"
|
||||
" Global Keys and Openbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. "
|
||||
"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global "
|
||||
"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter "
|
||||
"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. "
|
||||
"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys"
|
||||
" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter "
|
||||
"3.2.14)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard "
|
||||
"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing."
|
||||
"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To "
|
||||
"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings "
|
||||
"<http://openbox.org/wiki/Help:Bindings>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used "
|
||||
"in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For "
|
||||
@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" using and editing keyboard shortcuts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "**Modifier keys**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "Key description"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "S"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Shift key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "C"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Control key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "A"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Alt key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "W"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "M"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
|
||||
msgid "Meta key"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "H"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "GoToDesktop"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "GoToLeftDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "GoToRightDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "GoToDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktop"
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktopToRight"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "GoTo first Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "W-F1"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "GoTo second Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "W-F2"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "GoTo third Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "W-F3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "W-F4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "W-d"
|
||||
msgid "W-D"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
|
||||
@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Lower"
|
||||
msgid "Lower (minimise)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
|
||||
@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "W-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "W-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "W-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "W-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "F11"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Pcmanfm"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
|
||||
msgid "Execute"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "W-e"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Launch lxqt-runer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "W-r"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "A-F2"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Open qps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Delete"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Open qterminal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "C-A-T"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Launch firefox"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "XF86WWW"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "XF86Terminal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "XF86MyComputer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
|
||||
" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Toggle turn off monitor"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "C-F7"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
|
||||
msgid "C-F10"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
msgid "Decrease backlight brightness"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
|
||||
msgid "C-F11"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
msgid "C-S-F6"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "Increase backlight brightness"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "C-S-F7"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Decrease Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "XF86VolumeLower"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
msgid "Increase Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
msgid "XF86VolumeRaise"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "Mute Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "XF86AudioMute"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard "
|
||||
#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT"
|
||||
#~ " Global Keys and Openbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a "
|
||||
#~ "component of the LXQT environment. "
|
||||
#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox"
|
||||
#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are "
|
||||
#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using "
|
||||
#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second"
|
||||
#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It "
|
||||
#~ "is preferred for windows management like"
|
||||
#~ " resizing."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-d"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lower"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Left"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Right"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Up"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Down"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Execute"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "A-F2"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and "
|
||||
#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not "
|
||||
#~ "using gnome-power-manager or "
|
||||
#~ "xfce4-volumed)**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "C-F10"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "C-F11"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "GoToDesktop"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "GoToLeftDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "GoToRightDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "GoToDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktop"
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktopToRight"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "SendToDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "S-A-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "GoTo first Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "W-F1"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "GoTo second Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
|
||||
msgid "W-F2"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "GoTo third Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "W-F3"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "W-F4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "W-d"
|
||||
msgid "W-D"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
|
||||
@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
|
||||
msgid "Lower"
|
||||
msgid "Lower (minimise)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
|
||||
@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "W-Left"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
|
||||
msgid "W-Right"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "W-Up"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "W-Down"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "F11"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "Pcmanfm"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
|
||||
msgid "Execute"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
|
||||
msgid "W-e"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Launch lxqt-runer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "W-r"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
|
||||
msgid "A-F2"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "Open qps"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
|
||||
msgid "C-A-Delete"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
|
||||
msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Open qterminal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "C-A-T"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "Launch firefox"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
|
||||
msgid "XF86WWW"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "XF86Terminal"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
|
||||
msgid "XF86MyComputer"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
|
||||
" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
|
||||
msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "Toggle turn off monitor"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
|
||||
msgid "C-F7"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
|
||||
msgid "C-F10"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
msgid "Decrease backlight brightness"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
|
||||
msgid "C-F11"
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
|
||||
msgid "C-S-F6"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "Increase backlight brightness"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
|
||||
msgid "C-S-F7"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136
|
||||
msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "Decrease Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
|
||||
msgid "XF86VolumeLower"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
msgid "Increase Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
|
||||
msgid "XF86VolumeRaise"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "Mute Volume"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
|
||||
msgid "XF86AudioMute"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-d"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lower"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Left"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Right"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Up"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "W-Down"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Execute"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "A-F2"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and "
|
||||
#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not "
|
||||
#~ "using gnome-power-manager or "
|
||||
#~ "xfce4-volumed)**"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "C-F10"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "C-F11"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
80
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po
Normal file
80
source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
|
||||
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
|
||||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
|
||||
# package.
|
||||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#, fuzzy
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded "
|
||||
"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is "
|
||||
"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "VPN"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That "
|
||||
"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the "
|
||||
"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-"
|
||||
"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration"
|
||||
" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a "
|
||||
"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not"
|
||||
" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS "
|
||||
"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through "
|
||||
"terminal with typing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-"
|
||||
"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run "
|
||||
"it from the terminal typing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can"
|
||||
" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is "
|
||||
"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be "
|
||||
"present."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray "
|
||||
"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to"
|
||||
" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences"
|
||||
" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked"
|
||||
" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable "
|
||||
"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!"
|
||||
@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide "
|
||||
"variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be "
|
||||
"productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but"
|
||||
" `we have recently refocused <https://lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-"
|
||||
"direction/>`_."
|
||||
" `we have refocused <https://Lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-direction/>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:11
|
||||
@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Contents"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:29
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Contact Us"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official "
|
||||
"website at `Lubuntu.me <https://lubuntu.me>`_ where you can find `the "
|
||||
"Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, `ways to get in contact with "
|
||||
"us <https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our Phabricator instance "
|
||||
"Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, `the Lubuntu discourse "
|
||||
"<https://discourse.lubuntu.me/>`_, `ways to get in contact with us "
|
||||
"<https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our Phabricator instance "
|
||||
"<https://phab.lubuntu.me/>`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Thank you!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Authors"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid "Translators"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/index.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a"
|
||||
#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux "
|
||||
#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid "
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple"
|
||||
#~ " but modern and powerful graphical "
|
||||
#~ "user interface, and comes with a "
|
||||
#~ "wide variety of applications so you "
|
||||
#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and "
|
||||
#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a"
|
||||
#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, "
|
||||
#~ "but `we have recently refocused "
|
||||
#~ "<https://lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-direction/>`_."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get"
|
||||
#~ " involved? Take a look at our "
|
||||
#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me "
|
||||
#~ "<https://lubuntu.me>`_ where you can find "
|
||||
#~ "`the Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, "
|
||||
#~ "`ways to get in contact with us"
|
||||
#~ " <https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our "
|
||||
#~ "Phabricator instance <https://phab.lubuntu.me/>`_ "
|
||||
#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " development."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image"
|
||||
@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. "
|
||||
"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and "
|
||||
"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine "
|
||||
"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported"
|
||||
" for three years)."
|
||||
"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version "
|
||||
"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a"
|
||||
" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 "
|
||||
"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still"
|
||||
" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support "
|
||||
"release supported until 2023."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Architectures"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "amd64"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to "
|
||||
"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the "
|
||||
"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what "
|
||||
"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible "
|
||||
"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have "
|
||||
"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "i386"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers"
|
||||
" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, "
|
||||
"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is "
|
||||
"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new"
|
||||
" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
|
||||
"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
|
||||
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported "
|
||||
"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
|
||||
"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** "
|
||||
"which is a more modern environment."
|
||||
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but "
|
||||
"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long "
|
||||
"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop "
|
||||
"environment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of "
|
||||
"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or "
|
||||
@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to "
|
||||
"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are "
|
||||
@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"instead."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Ways to download the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is "
|
||||
"made, you will need to download the image."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended "
|
||||
"for Windows and macOS users)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in "
|
||||
"this manual."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
|
||||
"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page "
|
||||
"<https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
|
||||
"<https://Lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
|
||||
"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, "
|
||||
"which has the files listed."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
|
||||
"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most"
|
||||
" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a "
|
||||
@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"in the right direction."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
|
||||
"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
|
||||
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause "
|
||||
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause "
|
||||
"massive frustration and a failed install."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
|
||||
"lubuntu 18.10"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and then carefully check that the output matches "
|
||||
"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
|
||||
"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a "
|
||||
"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"and then check carefully the output matches "
|
||||
"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
|
||||
" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
|
||||
@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
|
||||
"`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
|
||||
@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Windows users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
|
||||
"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
|
||||
"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
|
||||
"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
|
||||
@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"decentralizing the download location for other users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
|
||||
"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
|
||||
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the "
|
||||
"last image was spun."
|
||||
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or "
|
||||
"difference since the last image was spun."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
|
||||
" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of "
|
||||
"either), run the following command in a terminal:"
|
||||
"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either,"
|
||||
" run the following command in a terminal:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
|
||||
"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
|
||||
"distributions:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "To download the image using zsync run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
|
||||
"Chapter 1.2.**"
|
||||
@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need "
|
||||
#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " provides support for several different "
|
||||
#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a "
|
||||
#~ "new version every six months (supported"
|
||||
#~ " for nine months), and every two "
|
||||
#~ "years being a long term support "
|
||||
#~ "release (supported for three years)."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Architectures"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "amd64"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The amd64 image will work with "
|
||||
#~ "most modern processors. The best way "
|
||||
#~ "to determine if your computer has "
|
||||
#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to"
|
||||
#~ " boot the image. It's the only "
|
||||
#~ "way that you will be able to "
|
||||
#~ "know for sure what architecture your "
|
||||
#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are "
|
||||
#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. "
|
||||
#~ "You may want to use an i386 "
|
||||
#~ "image instead if you have an amd64"
|
||||
#~ " processor with very low amounts of"
|
||||
#~ " RAM."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "i386"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture"
|
||||
#~ " that will work best on computers "
|
||||
#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and"
|
||||
#~ " processing power."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
|
||||
#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
|
||||
#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
|
||||
#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
|
||||
#~ "supported for three years after the "
|
||||
#~ "release date and does not contain "
|
||||
#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
|
||||
#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
|
||||
#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
|
||||
#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
|
||||
#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS "
|
||||
#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop "
|
||||
#~ "environment, which is the traditional "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 "
|
||||
#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more"
|
||||
#~ " modern environment."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "An easy download page which lists "
|
||||
#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
|
||||
#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's "
|
||||
#~ "Downloads page <https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, "
|
||||
#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need"
|
||||
#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com "
|
||||
#~ "<http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, which has "
|
||||
#~ "the files listed."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying"
|
||||
#~ " the image can lead to hours of"
|
||||
#~ " frustration with even the developers "
|
||||
#~ "quite confused what is happening with"
|
||||
#~ " your system. With just one bit "
|
||||
#~ "of the image flipped it will cause"
|
||||
#~ " massive frustration and a failed "
|
||||
#~ "install."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To do this the easiest way is "
|
||||
#~ "the command line is to run for "
|
||||
#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "and then carefully check that the "
|
||||
#~ "output matches "
|
||||
#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
|
||||
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "and then check carefully the output "
|
||||
#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 "
|
||||
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found "
|
||||
#~ "on our Downloads page or "
|
||||
#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "zsync is a convenient application that"
|
||||
#~ " will automatically verify the checksum "
|
||||
#~ "of the image once downloaded. The "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download "
|
||||
#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly "
|
||||
#~ "download the delta since the last "
|
||||
#~ "image was spun."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you are running Debian or "
|
||||
#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off "
|
||||
#~ "of either), run the following command"
|
||||
#~ " in a terminal:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4
|
||||
@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three "
|
||||
"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:"
|
||||
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two "
|
||||
"choices either"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "a DVD"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "Writing/burning the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
|
||||
msgid "Writing/burning the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
|
||||
msgid "K3b"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "InfraRecorder"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this "
|
||||
"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we "
|
||||
"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
|
||||
"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is "
|
||||
"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on"
|
||||
" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
|
||||
"/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu"
|
||||
" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk "
|
||||
"Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-"
|
||||
"creator.html>`_."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool developed by a "
|
||||
"Lubuntu team member."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of"
|
||||
" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-windows>`_"
|
||||
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
|
||||
"windows>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
|
||||
"<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
|
||||
"macos>`_"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
|
||||
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
msgid "Booting the Image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44
|
||||
msgid "Booting the image"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your "
|
||||
"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you "
|
||||
"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but "
|
||||
"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide "
|
||||
"the answer."
|
||||
"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the "
|
||||
"answer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43
|
||||
msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In order to boot the image, you"
|
||||
#~ " need to put it somewhere. You "
|
||||
#~ "have three choices, depending on which"
|
||||
#~ " image you downloaded:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or"
|
||||
#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of "
|
||||
#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has "
|
||||
#~ "several guides on this topic, and "
|
||||
#~ "we recommend you read them if you"
|
||||
#~ " plan on doing this."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "ubuntu>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "windows>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
|
||||
#~ "mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "For writing images to USB drives "
|
||||
#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
|
||||
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool "
|
||||
#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
|
||||
#~ "stick on Windows "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
|
||||
#~ "on-windows>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
|
||||
#~ "stick on macOS "
|
||||
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
|
||||
#~ "on-mac-osx>`_"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Booting the image"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your"
|
||||
#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware "
|
||||
#~ "configuration, it may boot into the "
|
||||
#~ "image right away, or you might "
|
||||
#~ "need to press a key at startup "
|
||||
#~ "for boot options. This varies but "
|
||||
#~ "looking for documentation specific to "
|
||||
#~ "your hardware will likely provide the"
|
||||
#~ " answer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
|
||||
@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
|
||||
"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test "
|
||||
"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start "
|
||||
"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for "
|
||||
"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is "
|
||||
"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad "
|
||||
"media."
|
||||
"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check "
|
||||
"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot"
|
||||
" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start"
|
||||
" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has "
|
||||
"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check"
|
||||
" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-"
|
||||
"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use "
|
||||
"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on "
|
||||
"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press "
|
||||
":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language "
|
||||
"selection press :kbd:`F2`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu."
|
||||
" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-"
|
||||
"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
|
||||
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu "
|
||||
"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install "
|
||||
"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
|
||||
" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the "
|
||||
"language the next button will move you on to the next task."
|
||||
" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After "
|
||||
"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to "
|
||||
"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
|
||||
@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
|
||||
"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and "
|
||||
"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change "
|
||||
"your system language."
|
||||
"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and "
|
||||
"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have"
|
||||
" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window "
|
||||
"there is a place to change your system language and to change this "
|
||||
"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step "
|
||||
"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting "
|
||||
"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
|
||||
@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
|
||||
" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
|
||||
"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose "
|
||||
"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you "
|
||||
"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the "
|
||||
"installation."
|
||||
"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you "
|
||||
"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and "
|
||||
"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your "
|
||||
"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
|
||||
@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase "
|
||||
"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, "
|
||||
"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely "
|
||||
"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup."
|
||||
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all"
|
||||
" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this"
|
||||
" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue "
|
||||
"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select "
|
||||
"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter "
|
||||
"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly."
|
||||
" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it "
|
||||
"somewhere safe."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
|
||||
@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"please backup beforehand."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced "
|
||||
"partitioning section."
|
||||
"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount "
|
||||
"the swap. To do this run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "User Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own "
|
||||
"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the"
|
||||
" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your "
|
||||
"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
|
||||
"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
|
||||
"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
|
||||
"button to begin the installation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "The Install"
|
||||
"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if "
|
||||
"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward "
|
||||
"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to "
|
||||
"unmount all data partitions."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
|
||||
"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to "
|
||||
"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
|
||||
"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`"
|
||||
" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` "
|
||||
"button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60
|
||||
msgid "Advanced partitioning"
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "User Setup"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
|
||||
" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
|
||||
"this case running"
|
||||
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your "
|
||||
"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your "
|
||||
"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put "
|
||||
"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what"
|
||||
" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter "
|
||||
"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account"
|
||||
" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. "
|
||||
"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, "
|
||||
"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked"
|
||||
" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the "
|
||||
"installation."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to "
|
||||
"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install "
|
||||
"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go "
|
||||
"back` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "The Install"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted "
|
||||
"through pcmanfm-qt."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Manual partitioning"
|
||||
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
|
||||
"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once"
|
||||
" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after "
|
||||
"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
|
||||
msgid "Manual partitioning"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
|
||||
"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
|
||||
"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
|
||||
"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
|
||||
"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system "
|
||||
"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ "
|
||||
"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-"
|
||||
"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
|
||||
" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems "
|
||||
"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition "
|
||||
"Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for more"
|
||||
" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with"
|
||||
" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will"
|
||||
" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for "
|
||||
"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a "
|
||||
"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-"
|
||||
"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the "
|
||||
"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are "
|
||||
"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. "
|
||||
"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
|
||||
"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted "
|
||||
"at /home."
|
||||
"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New"
|
||||
" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have "
|
||||
"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying "
|
||||
"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` "
|
||||
"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary "
|
||||
"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID "
|
||||
"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized "
|
||||
"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning "
|
||||
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage "
|
||||
"device` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which "
|
||||
"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select"
|
||||
" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to "
|
||||
"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. "
|
||||
"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition "
|
||||
"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi "
|
||||
"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its "
|
||||
"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this "
|
||||
"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to "
|
||||
"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your "
|
||||
"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install "
|
||||
"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of "
|
||||
"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted "
|
||||
"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system "
|
||||
"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "finished."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu "
|
||||
#~ "image, you will be greeted by a"
|
||||
#~ " screen with the following options: "
|
||||
#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
|
||||
#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first "
|
||||
#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
|
||||
#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now "
|
||||
#~ "be booting into a live session. "
|
||||
#~ "The Check disk for defects offers "
|
||||
#~ "a way to check integrity of the"
|
||||
#~ " disk image once it is burned "
|
||||
#~ "to the media please use this if"
|
||||
#~ " you have problems it could be "
|
||||
#~ "bad media."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Once you have booted into the live"
|
||||
#~ " session, feel free to explore "
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to "
|
||||
#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon"
|
||||
#~ " in the top-left corner of the"
|
||||
#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu"
|
||||
#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can "
|
||||
#~ "change the installer language in the "
|
||||
#~ "drop down box. After selecting the "
|
||||
#~ "language the next button will move "
|
||||
#~ "you on to the next task."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The next screen will show you a"
|
||||
#~ " map of the world where you can"
|
||||
#~ " choose your location. You location "
|
||||
#~ "will be used to set your time "
|
||||
#~ "zone and download server. On the "
|
||||
#~ "bottom of the window there is a"
|
||||
#~ " place to change your system "
|
||||
#~ "language."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you"
|
||||
#~ " can check your keyboard matches the"
|
||||
#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the"
|
||||
#~ " bottom you can type to make "
|
||||
#~ "sure your layout is correct. The "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose"
|
||||
#~ " different layouts and the right "
|
||||
#~ "column gets different variants. When you"
|
||||
#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, "
|
||||
#~ "move on to the next stage of "
|
||||
#~ "the installation."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on "
|
||||
#~ "your machine, you can select the "
|
||||
#~ "erase disk. This will format the "
|
||||
#~ "disk and **delete all data on the"
|
||||
#~ " disk**, which is why having your"
|
||||
#~ " data backed up before this point "
|
||||
#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose"
|
||||
#~ " to do this you can continue on"
|
||||
#~ " to user setup."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to perform advance "
|
||||
#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced "
|
||||
#~ "partitioning section."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The user setup section creates a "
|
||||
#~ "user profile, consisting of your own "
|
||||
#~ "name and the username you will use"
|
||||
#~ " to log in. The next input "
|
||||
#~ "field is the hostname of your "
|
||||
#~ "computer. The final field is your "
|
||||
#~ "password. Enter your password twice to"
|
||||
#~ " make sure you have not mistyped "
|
||||
#~ "it. Pressing the next button will "
|
||||
#~ "give you a summary screen, showing "
|
||||
#~ "you the settings before the install "
|
||||
#~ "begins. Once you have checked the "
|
||||
#~ "summary click the install button to "
|
||||
#~ "begin the installation."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some "
|
||||
#~ "useful information while the installer "
|
||||
#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed"
|
||||
#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot "
|
||||
#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed "
|
||||
#~ "and is now finished."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you have had a previous linux"
|
||||
#~ " install and want to put the "
|
||||
#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
|
||||
#~ "entire partition you will need to "
|
||||
#~ "unmount them. In this case running"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "will unmount them and any partitions "
|
||||
#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted "
|
||||
#~ "through pcmanfm-qt."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
|
||||
#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you"
|
||||
#~ " will have to choose which file-"
|
||||
#~ "system you want. A file-system "
|
||||
#~ "controls how your files are accessed "
|
||||
#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If"
|
||||
#~ " you are booting your computer in "
|
||||
#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware "
|
||||
#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to"
|
||||
#~ " create an EFI system partition see"
|
||||
#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia "
|
||||
#~ "<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for "
|
||||
#~ "more detail to create this partition "
|
||||
#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system"
|
||||
#~ " with the ESP flag with to be"
|
||||
#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the "
|
||||
#~ "mount point. You will also need a"
|
||||
#~ " root (/) file-system, several "
|
||||
#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are "
|
||||
#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "You can create partition by clicking "
|
||||
#~ "the button which will bring up a"
|
||||
#~ " dialog. The file system field is "
|
||||
#~ "a drop down menu, select which "
|
||||
#~ "file-system you want. You also need"
|
||||
#~ " to select where you want to "
|
||||
#~ "mount the partition. which you need "
|
||||
#~ "at least one root (/) partition "
|
||||
#~ "and if you are booting an EFI "
|
||||
#~ "system you will also need a "
|
||||
#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common"
|
||||
#~ " option is to have all your "
|
||||
#~ "data on its own partition, which "
|
||||
#~ "can even be on its own separate"
|
||||
#~ " physical disk this can be mounted"
|
||||
#~ " at /home."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4
|
||||
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
|
||||
"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
|
||||
"computer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter will show you how to"
|
||||
#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your"
|
||||
#~ " computer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox"
|
||||
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Tab browsing"
|
||||
msgid "Tabbed browsing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11
|
||||
@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
|
||||
"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
|
||||
"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
|
||||
" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
|
||||
" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing "
|
||||
"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last "
|
||||
"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that "
|
||||
"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view "
|
||||
"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library "
|
||||
"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history "
|
||||
"sidebar you can search through your history where it says "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the "
|
||||
"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the"
|
||||
" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were "
|
||||
"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to"
|
||||
" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the "
|
||||
"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
|
||||
"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in"
|
||||
" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on"
|
||||
" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where "
|
||||
"you want."
|
||||
"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the"
|
||||
" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were "
|
||||
"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go "
|
||||
"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from "
|
||||
"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + "
|
||||
"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you "
|
||||
"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local "
|
||||
"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will "
|
||||
"get a dialog box to show where to save it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the "
|
||||
"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste"
|
||||
" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste "
|
||||
"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately"
|
||||
" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to"
|
||||
" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to "
|
||||
"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
|
||||
"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`."
|
||||
" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click"
|
||||
" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing "
|
||||
"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click"
|
||||
" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy "
|
||||
"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead "
|
||||
"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your "
|
||||
"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on"
|
||||
" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible "
|
||||
"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar"
|
||||
" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can "
|
||||
"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search "
|
||||
"Tabs`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up "
|
||||
"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way "
|
||||
"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the "
|
||||
"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main "
|
||||
"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it "
|
||||
"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or "
|
||||
"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page "
|
||||
"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type "
|
||||
"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to"
|
||||
" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the "
|
||||
"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % "
|
||||
"and then what you want to type in the address bar."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
|
||||
" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
|
||||
"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
|
||||
"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
|
||||
"bookmark you want."
|
||||
"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right "
|
||||
"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text "
|
||||
"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46
|
||||
msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
|
||||
":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
|
||||
"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
|
||||
"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen "
|
||||
"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two "
|
||||
"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be "
|
||||
"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse"
|
||||
" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type"
|
||||
" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` "
|
||||
"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
|
||||
"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
|
||||
"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
|
||||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are "
|
||||
"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a "
|
||||
"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click"
|
||||
" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a"
|
||||
" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move "
|
||||
"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right "
|
||||
"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to "
|
||||
"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move"
|
||||
" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current "
|
||||
"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. "
|
||||
"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close"
|
||||
" Tab`."
|
||||
"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
|
||||
"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you "
|
||||
"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press "
|
||||
":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it"
|
||||
" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute "
|
||||
"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right "
|
||||
"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To "
|
||||
"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to"
|
||||
" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. "
|
||||
"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private "
|
||||
"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right "
|
||||
"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the "
|
||||
"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close"
|
||||
" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type "
|
||||
"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored "
|
||||
"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences"
|
||||
" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you "
|
||||
"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links "
|
||||
"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The "
|
||||
"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it "
|
||||
"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button "
|
||||
"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save "
|
||||
"downloads or always ask to save files."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
|
||||
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
|
||||
"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
|
||||
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or "
|
||||
"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` "
|
||||
"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The "
|
||||
"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by "
|
||||
"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have "
|
||||
"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows"
|
||||
" site that you have saved or visited recently."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on "
|
||||
"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
|
||||
"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
|
||||
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
|
||||
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into "
|
||||
"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+X`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox "
|
||||
"Quantum."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type "
|
||||
"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu "
|
||||
"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart "
|
||||
"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. "
|
||||
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores "
|
||||
"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has"
|
||||
" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` "
|
||||
"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a "
|
||||
"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you "
|
||||
"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads "
|
||||
"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
|
||||
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
|
||||
"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
|
||||
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you "
|
||||
"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle "
|
||||
"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites "
|
||||
"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change "
|
||||
"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
|
||||
"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored "
|
||||
"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or "
|
||||
"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the"
|
||||
" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on "
|
||||
"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
|
||||
"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
|
||||
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
|
||||
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up "
|
||||
"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings"
|
||||
" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection "
|
||||
"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to"
|
||||
" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you"
|
||||
" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you "
|
||||
"may lose accesss to online accounts."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently "
|
||||
"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of "
|
||||
"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies "
|
||||
"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not "
|
||||
"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and "
|
||||
"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved "
|
||||
"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain "
|
||||
"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
|
||||
"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
|
||||
"type and run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have"
|
||||
" firefox directly open this manual with"
|
||||
"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have"
|
||||
" Firefox directly open this manual with"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the"
|
||||
" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox "
|
||||
"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the "
|
||||
"browser button on your keyboard."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
|
||||
@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "the browser."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Tab browsing"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a new tab in firefox "
|
||||
#~ "press the plus button on the right"
|
||||
#~ " of the tab bar or press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab"
|
||||
#~ " press the button with an x on"
|
||||
#~ " the right side of the tab or"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
|
||||
#~ " new window in browsing press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing"
|
||||
#~ " history press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a stack of books with the"
|
||||
#~ " last one at the end the third"
|
||||
#~ " item down will show you history "
|
||||
#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view "
|
||||
#~ "your downloaded files press the button"
|
||||
#~ " that looks like three stacked books"
|
||||
#~ " with a fourth leaning over "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To go back to a previous page "
|
||||
#~ "in firefox press the button pointing "
|
||||
#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page"
|
||||
#~ " you were previously at in a "
|
||||
#~ "new tab middle click the back "
|
||||
#~ "button. To go forward to a page"
|
||||
#~ " you have visited before but have "
|
||||
#~ "now gone back from press the "
|
||||
#~ "button with the arrow pointing to "
|
||||
#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
|
||||
#~ "Middle click on the forward button "
|
||||
#~ "to open the page you went back "
|
||||
#~ "from in a new tab. To download "
|
||||
#~ "a file directly to your local disk"
|
||||
#~ " right click on the save file "
|
||||
#~ "as and then you will get options"
|
||||
#~ " to save the file where you "
|
||||
#~ "want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To go to a specific url in "
|
||||
#~ "the address bar you can type it"
|
||||
#~ " in the the main bar in the "
|
||||
#~ "middle. If you have a url in "
|
||||
#~ "your clipboard you can paste it "
|
||||
#~ "here or into the address bar right"
|
||||
#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`."
|
||||
#~ " Or if you right click into the"
|
||||
#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go"
|
||||
#~ " to the page and type in a "
|
||||
#~ "sub page right click paste and "
|
||||
#~ "then type to go a specific sub "
|
||||
#~ "page of the same site and then "
|
||||
#~ "press enter to go to the page. "
|
||||
#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor "
|
||||
#~ "will select the address bar."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " +D` or Press the button with "
|
||||
#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one "
|
||||
#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks "
|
||||
#~ "and bookmark this page. To access "
|
||||
#~ "the bookmark again press that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like three vertical lines and a "
|
||||
#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then "
|
||||
#~ "select the bookmark you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To zoom in if you find the "
|
||||
#~ "text on a web page to small "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to zoom out on the text "
|
||||
#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`."
|
||||
#~ " To reset to the original zoom "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make "
|
||||
#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox"
|
||||
#~ " right click the main toolbar and "
|
||||
#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu "
|
||||
#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one "
|
||||
#~ "you are not on right click on "
|
||||
#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. "
|
||||
#~ "To mute a tab even when you "
|
||||
#~ "are not on it you can right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the tab and then select"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a "
|
||||
#~ "new copy of a tab right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the tab bar and then select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a "
|
||||
#~ "tab all the way to the left "
|
||||
#~ "right click on the tab "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to "
|
||||
#~ "start`. To move a tab all the "
|
||||
#~ "way to the right right click on"
|
||||
#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move "
|
||||
#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a"
|
||||
#~ " new window right click on the "
|
||||
#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> "
|
||||
#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to bookmark a tab right click "
|
||||
#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. "
|
||||
#~ "To close tabs to the right of "
|
||||
#~ "the current tab right click on the"
|
||||
#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to "
|
||||
#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab"
|
||||
#~ " right click on a tab and "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to view your firefox"
|
||||
#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences"
|
||||
#~ " into the address bar. To have "
|
||||
#~ "your seession restored each time you "
|
||||
#~ "restart firefox is on the general "
|
||||
#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to "
|
||||
#~ "press restore previous session. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous "
|
||||
#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when"
|
||||
#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section"
|
||||
#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open "
|
||||
#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new"
|
||||
#~ " windows which is checked by default."
|
||||
#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you "
|
||||
#~ "open a link a new tab switch "
|
||||
#~ "to it immediately` switches to new "
|
||||
#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio"
|
||||
#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` "
|
||||
#~ "lets you have a static location to"
|
||||
#~ " save downloads or always ask to "
|
||||
#~ "save files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` "
|
||||
#~ "has settings for your home and "
|
||||
#~ "opening of new tabs. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop "
|
||||
#~ "down lets you select the firefox "
|
||||
#~ "home or a blank page when you "
|
||||
#~ "first open the browser. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you "
|
||||
#~ "choose firefox home or blank page "
|
||||
#~ "when you open a new tab. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you "
|
||||
#~ "toggle whther to show a web search"
|
||||
#~ " on the firefox homepage. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the "
|
||||
#~ "sites you visit the most. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
|
||||
#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. "
|
||||
#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories"
|
||||
#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox allows site that you have "
|
||||
#~ "saved or visited recently."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To manage your search settings use "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. "
|
||||
#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search "
|
||||
#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a "
|
||||
#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated"
|
||||
#~ " search bar for search and "
|
||||
#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search "
|
||||
#~ "Engine` lets you change your default "
|
||||
#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to "
|
||||
#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "I to copy text in firefox press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text "
|
||||
#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To"
|
||||
#~ " cut text in firefox press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest"
|
||||
#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. "
|
||||
#~ "You can also from the command line"
|
||||
#~ " have firefox directly open this "
|
||||
#~ "manual with"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
|
||||
msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Screenshots"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
|
||||
"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
|
||||
" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
|
||||
" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
|
||||
"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
|
||||
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others."
|
||||
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other "
|
||||
"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will "
|
||||
"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the"
|
||||
" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start "
|
||||
"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
|
||||
"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
|
||||
"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all "
|
||||
"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press "
|
||||
"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again."
|
||||
"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can "
|
||||
"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. "
|
||||
"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a "
|
||||
"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File"
|
||||
" --> Start All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
|
||||
":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
|
||||
@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` "
|
||||
"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` "
|
||||
"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are "
|
||||
"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show "
|
||||
"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show "
|
||||
"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error "
|
||||
"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go"
|
||||
" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`All`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
|
||||
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
|
||||
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press"
|
||||
" the same thing again."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
|
||||
@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on"
|
||||
" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio "
|
||||
"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->"
|
||||
" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current "
|
||||
"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your "
|
||||
"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> "
|
||||
"Session Transfer`."
|
||||
"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. "
|
||||
"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> "
|
||||
"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the"
|
||||
" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a "
|
||||
"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to "
|
||||
"Bottom`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the "
|
||||
"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change "
|
||||
"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe "
|
||||
"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the "
|
||||
"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view "
|
||||
"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button "
|
||||
"--> Session Transfer`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37
|
||||
msgid "Torrent Properties"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you"
|
||||
" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both "
|
||||
"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row "
|
||||
"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your "
|
||||
"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently "
|
||||
"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for"
|
||||
" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your "
|
||||
"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes "
|
||||
"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first "
|
||||
"downloaded this torrent."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the "
|
||||
"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer"
|
||||
" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data "
|
||||
"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see "
|
||||
"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. "
|
||||
"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is "
|
||||
"being tracked."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. "
|
||||
"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the"
|
||||
" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of"
|
||||
" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` "
|
||||
"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` "
|
||||
"column."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
|
||||
"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run"
|
||||
"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with "
|
||||
"a double pointed vertical arrow."
|
||||
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection "
|
||||
"lever in a car."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`"
|
||||
" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit "
|
||||
"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the "
|
||||
"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with "
|
||||
"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To "
|
||||
"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. "
|
||||
"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to"
|
||||
" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your "
|
||||
"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which "
|
||||
"days of the week to throttle torrenting."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for "
|
||||
"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where "
|
||||
"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at "
|
||||
"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To "
|
||||
"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how "
|
||||
"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of "
|
||||
"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to "
|
||||
"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file"
|
||||
" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete "
|
||||
"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the "
|
||||
"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then "
|
||||
"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from."
|
||||
" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start "
|
||||
"added torrents` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a "
|
||||
"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` "
|
||||
"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if "
|
||||
"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop "
|
||||
"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the "
|
||||
"torrent is idle."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` "
|
||||
"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to"
|
||||
" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming "
|
||||
"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming "
|
||||
"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test "
|
||||
"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each "
|
||||
"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` "
|
||||
"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of "
|
||||
"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`"
|
||||
" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray"
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle "
|
||||
"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show"
|
||||
" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a "
|
||||
"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound "
|
||||
"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when "
|
||||
"torrents finish` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
|
||||
@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a torrent file press the"
|
||||
#~ " open or simply double clicking the"
|
||||
#~ " torrent file from a web browser "
|
||||
#~ "after opening it will start "
|
||||
#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will "
|
||||
#~ "start download and using your connection"
|
||||
#~ " to upload to others in a so"
|
||||
#~ " called peer to peer network. At "
|
||||
#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow"
|
||||
#~ " pointing downward to show how fast"
|
||||
#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow"
|
||||
#~ " shows how fast you are seeding "
|
||||
#~ "or uploading the file to others."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The button with two || circled is"
|
||||
#~ " a pause button that can pause "
|
||||
#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start "
|
||||
#~ "downloading and uploading again to press"
|
||||
#~ " a button with a triangle to "
|
||||
#~ "start uploading and downloading again."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want have a move compact"
|
||||
#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
|
||||
#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to deprioitize the "
|
||||
#~ "speed of your torrents press the "
|
||||
#~ "button on the bottom of transmission "
|
||||
#~ "that looks like a turtle. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the raio view on the bottom"
|
||||
#~ " to your total changes "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total "
|
||||
#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download "
|
||||
#~ "ratio in the current session "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session "
|
||||
#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from "
|
||||
#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe"
|
||||
#~ " button --> Session Transfer`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` "
|
||||
#~ "bittorent client or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a silver box outlined in red"
|
||||
#~ " with a double pointed vertical "
|
||||
#~ "arrow."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
|
||||
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel"
|
||||
" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major"
|
||||
" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android "
|
||||
"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, "
|
||||
"but also ubiquitous available."
|
||||
"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat"
|
||||
" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting "
|
||||
"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®"
|
||||
" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers "
|
||||
"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
|
||||
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
|
||||
msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
|
||||
@ -62,119 +62,18 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
|
||||
"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
|
||||
"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
|
||||
"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
|
||||
"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you "
|
||||
"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer "
|
||||
"messages."
|
||||
"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start"
|
||||
" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by "
|
||||
"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to "
|
||||
"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just "
|
||||
"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down "
|
||||
"to view newer messages."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select "
|
||||
"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where"
|
||||
" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel "
|
||||
"or use the join button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which "
|
||||
"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
|
||||
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
|
||||
"desktop if you are in another window."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
|
||||
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
|
||||
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
|
||||
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
|
||||
"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input "
|
||||
"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto "
|
||||
"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the"
|
||||
" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
|
||||
"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
|
||||
"where you autoidentify."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
|
||||
"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will"
|
||||
" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
|
||||
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
|
||||
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
|
||||
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Meta +A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
|
||||
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see "
|
||||
"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your "
|
||||
"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
|
||||
" copy link adress."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the "
|
||||
"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin"
|
||||
" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between "
|
||||
"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after "
|
||||
"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to "
|
||||
"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to "
|
||||
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
|
||||
" unlimited number of checkboxes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To "
|
||||
"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the "
|
||||
"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and "
|
||||
"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View "
|
||||
"--> Chat lists --> All chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left "
|
||||
"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`,"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If "
|
||||
"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name "
|
||||
"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to "
|
||||
"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else "
|
||||
"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear "
|
||||
"highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
"Configure Quassel`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
|
||||
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
|
||||
@ -182,46 +81,248 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"click on the channel name."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`."
|
||||
" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, "
|
||||
"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), "
|
||||
"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the "
|
||||
"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from"
|
||||
" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it"
|
||||
" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have "
|
||||
"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel "
|
||||
"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat "
|
||||
"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide "
|
||||
"Chats(s) Permanently`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel "
|
||||
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide "
|
||||
"people joining right click on the list of channel list "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the "
|
||||
"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> "
|
||||
"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel "
|
||||
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing "
|
||||
"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide "
|
||||
"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events "
|
||||
"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right "
|
||||
"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode "
|
||||
"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on "
|
||||
"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However "
|
||||
"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you "
|
||||
"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events "
|
||||
"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected "
|
||||
"to it right click on the server name and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and "
|
||||
"want to connect to it right click on it and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can "
|
||||
"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to "
|
||||
"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server "
|
||||
"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a "
|
||||
"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide "
|
||||
"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way "
|
||||
"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and "
|
||||
"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and "
|
||||
"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the "
|
||||
"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
|
||||
"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to "
|
||||
"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the "
|
||||
"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press "
|
||||
"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the "
|
||||
"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel"
|
||||
" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has "
|
||||
"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
|
||||
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
|
||||
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Meta +A`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which"
|
||||
" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
|
||||
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
|
||||
"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell "
|
||||
"you when midnight and the date of the new day."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click"
|
||||
" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change"
|
||||
" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when "
|
||||
"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the"
|
||||
" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text "
|
||||
"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` "
|
||||
"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your "
|
||||
"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual "
|
||||
"Size`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
|
||||
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
|
||||
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
|
||||
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL "
|
||||
"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can"
|
||||
" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. "
|
||||
"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be "
|
||||
"different on different servers and put your password in where you "
|
||||
"autoidentify."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`"
|
||||
" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each"
|
||||
" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` "
|
||||
"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin "
|
||||
"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to "
|
||||
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
|
||||
"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select"
|
||||
" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
|
||||
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
"rule you created."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
|
||||
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click"
|
||||
" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right"
|
||||
" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the"
|
||||
" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in."
|
||||
" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All "
|
||||
"chats`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu"
|
||||
" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Quit`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61
|
||||
msgid "Customizing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client "
|
||||
"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel "
|
||||
"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your "
|
||||
"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client"
|
||||
" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you "
|
||||
"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu "
|
||||
"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
|
||||
" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in"
|
||||
" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in"
|
||||
" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
|
||||
" close button`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want "
|
||||
"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. "
|
||||
"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting "
|
||||
"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker "
|
||||
"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line "
|
||||
"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
|
||||
"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox."
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for"
|
||||
" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around "
|
||||
"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender "
|
||||
"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
|
||||
"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
|
||||
"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To "
|
||||
"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle"
|
||||
" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each "
|
||||
"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up"
|
||||
" the specific color for that kind of message."
|
||||
"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. "
|
||||
"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow "
|
||||
"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on "
|
||||
"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many"
|
||||
" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the "
|
||||
"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To "
|
||||
"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
|
||||
"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
|
||||
@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"changes the color of nicks of Away users."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
|
||||
"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
|
||||
@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
|
||||
"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
|
||||
"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
|
||||
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line "
|
||||
"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC "
|
||||
"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the "
|
||||
"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`"
|
||||
" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's "
|
||||
"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` "
|
||||
"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic "
|
||||
"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this"
|
||||
" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` "
|
||||
"checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. "
|
||||
"To change the default language for you spell check use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting "
|
||||
"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox."
|
||||
" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have"
|
||||
" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two "
|
||||
"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together "
|
||||
"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` "
|
||||
"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` "
|
||||
"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be "
|
||||
"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle "
|
||||
"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive "
|
||||
"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a"
|
||||
" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remove` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be "
|
||||
"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog "
|
||||
"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed "
|
||||
"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change "
|
||||
"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which"
|
||||
" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message "
|
||||
"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`,"
|
||||
" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it "
|
||||
"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the "
|
||||
"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup"
|
||||
" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`"
|
||||
" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the"
|
||||
" taskbar entry appear highlighted."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||||
"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` "
|
||||
"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do "
|
||||
"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom "
|
||||
"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your"
|
||||
" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your "
|
||||
"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
|
||||
"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`OK` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> "
|
||||
"Quassel IRC` or type"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75
|
||||
msgid "in the terminal."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a "
|
||||
"white crescent on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-"
|
||||
#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable"
|
||||
#~ " chatting experience to all major "
|
||||
#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and "
|
||||
#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android "
|
||||
#~ "smartphones), making communication with your"
|
||||
#~ " peers not only convenient, but also"
|
||||
#~ " ubiquitous available."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To chat on irc you need to "
|
||||
#~ "connect to a server and join a "
|
||||
#~ "channel. This can be done with the"
|
||||
#~ " join button or by typing \"/join "
|
||||
#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or "
|
||||
#~ "private message directly to someone type"
|
||||
#~ " \"/query\" username or right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the user list and select start"
|
||||
#~ " query. If you wish to view "
|
||||
#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll"
|
||||
#~ " down to view newer messages."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat "
|
||||
#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) "
|
||||
#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC "
|
||||
#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel "
|
||||
#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 "
|
||||
#~ "is the channel name), right click "
|
||||
#~ "the network and select join channel "
|
||||
#~ "or use the join button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "In Quasel if someone says your "
|
||||
#~ "name you are said to be "
|
||||
#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make"
|
||||
#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod "
|
||||
#~ "color over the line of text with"
|
||||
#~ " your name on it. The notification"
|
||||
#~ " will also be shown on your "
|
||||
#~ "desktop if you are in another "
|
||||
#~ "window."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin"
|
||||
#~ " to an account no matter which "
|
||||
#~ "nickname you want to use "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> "
|
||||
#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a "
|
||||
#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on "
|
||||
#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
|
||||
#~ "Enter your username on the IRC "
|
||||
#~ "network in the username text field. "
|
||||
#~ "Input your password into the password"
|
||||
#~ " field so that you know how to"
|
||||
#~ " auto identifify. You can also "
|
||||
#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by "
|
||||
#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is"
|
||||
#~ " a sensible default for what the "
|
||||
#~ "services is but it may be "
|
||||
#~ "different on different servers and put"
|
||||
#~ " your password in where you "
|
||||
#~ "autoidentify."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To ignore a really annoying user "
|
||||
#~ "you can on the nicks bar on "
|
||||
#~ "the right hand side right click "
|
||||
#~ "ignore and then select a user to"
|
||||
#~ " ingore so you will not hear "
|
||||
#~ "them in irc. If you realize you"
|
||||
#~ " want to talk to them again "
|
||||
#~ "Right click the same username and "
|
||||
#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
|
||||
#~ "rule you created. You also can "
|
||||
#~ "switch between multiple channels with "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up"
|
||||
#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to "
|
||||
#~ "move down. To go to the next "
|
||||
#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` "
|
||||
#~ "or to go to the previous active"
|
||||
#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump "
|
||||
#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta "
|
||||
#~ "+A`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To type a message to an entire "
|
||||
#~ "channel type into the bar at the"
|
||||
#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete"
|
||||
#~ " typing someone's nickname press the "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name."
|
||||
#~ " To paste text into the channel "
|
||||
#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If "
|
||||
#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you"
|
||||
#~ " can left click on the link to"
|
||||
#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is"
|
||||
#~ " if you want to copy the link"
|
||||
#~ " right click on it and copy "
|
||||
#~ "link adress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to have settings for"
|
||||
#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Network --> Configure network` and "
|
||||
#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox"
|
||||
#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically "
|
||||
#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected."
|
||||
#~ " The wait filed shows how long "
|
||||
#~ "to between the retries between each "
|
||||
#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all "
|
||||
#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you "
|
||||
#~ "rejoin all of your channels without "
|
||||
#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The "
|
||||
#~ "number of retries is how many "
|
||||
#~ "times to retry to connect before "
|
||||
#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number"
|
||||
#~ " of retries click the unlimited "
|
||||
#~ "number of checkboxes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To add close the list of nicknames"
|
||||
#~ " or channels press the X button. "
|
||||
#~ "To reopen the view of nicks "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close "
|
||||
#~ "the list of all chats press the"
|
||||
#~ " X button to close a list of"
|
||||
#~ " all channel and private messages you"
|
||||
#~ " are in. To reopen it press the"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->"
|
||||
#~ " All chats`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To make your chat full screen "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
|
||||
#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your settings on your "
|
||||
#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||||
#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event "
|
||||
#~ "to change your settings left click "
|
||||
#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`,"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When "
|
||||
#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If"
|
||||
#~ " you do not know what highlight "
|
||||
#~ "is it is when someone mentions "
|
||||
#~ "your name in a channel. The "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows "
|
||||
#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound"
|
||||
#~ " in the context. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` "
|
||||
#~ "creates a popup notification when "
|
||||
#~ "someone else mentions you. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message"
|
||||
#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark "
|
||||
#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry"
|
||||
#~ " appear highlighted."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To select all of your Settings for"
|
||||
#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
|
||||
#~ " Quassel`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel"
|
||||
#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||||
#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the"
|
||||
#~ " client style for the widget of "
|
||||
#~ "quassel choose a widget style from "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down "
|
||||
#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
|
||||
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray"
|
||||
#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "be able to close the quassel "
|
||||
#~ "window and still have quassel running"
|
||||
#~ " in the system tray to bring it"
|
||||
#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to"
|
||||
#~ " tray on close button`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has "
|
||||
#~ "settings for colors timestamps and "
|
||||
#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat "
|
||||
#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
|
||||
#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then "
|
||||
#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to "
|
||||
#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if"
|
||||
#~ " you want colored text press/unpress "
|
||||
#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in"
|
||||
#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
|
||||
#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. "
|
||||
#~ "To toggle setting marker line when "
|
||||
#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when"
|
||||
#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set"
|
||||
#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
|
||||
#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel "
|
||||
#~ "loses focus` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the Colors of your user"
|
||||
#~ " interface on Quassel check the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there"
|
||||
#~ " are many buttons for each different"
|
||||
#~ " kind of message which you can "
|
||||
#~ "press the buton that all bring up"
|
||||
#~ " the specific color for that kind "
|
||||
#~ "of message."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings "
|
||||
#~ "for what you tab to type into "
|
||||
#~ "chanels or private messages. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
|
||||
#~ "thing to activate your own custom "
|
||||
#~ "font for just input and press the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. "
|
||||
#~ "To have per chat history check the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` "
|
||||
#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick"
|
||||
#~ " selector` puts a widget in the "
|
||||
#~ "lower left corner of the window to"
|
||||
#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons"
|
||||
#~ " that style your text hidden in "
|
||||
#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable"
|
||||
#~ " line wrapping when you type a "
|
||||
#~ "long line in the input box check"
|
||||
#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "in the terminal."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil"
|
||||
@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for "
|
||||
"lubuntu."
|
||||
"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for "
|
||||
"Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Pairing"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled "
|
||||
"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show "
|
||||
"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`next`."
|
||||
". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main "
|
||||
"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click "
|
||||
"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17
|
||||
msgid "Sending files"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file "
|
||||
"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press "
|
||||
"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
|
||||
"files to transfer."
|
||||
"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If "
|
||||
"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does"
|
||||
" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgid "Sending files"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command "
|
||||
"line run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send "
|
||||
"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a "
|
||||
"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the "
|
||||
"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to "
|
||||
"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the "
|
||||
"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` "
|
||||
"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the "
|
||||
"file transfer."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
|
||||
#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a"
|
||||
#~ " device from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. "
|
||||
#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will "
|
||||
#~ "be asked to enable it. In the "
|
||||
#~ "main part of the window will show"
|
||||
#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on "
|
||||
#~ "the device you wish to add and "
|
||||
#~ "press :guilabel:`next`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To send a file to another device"
|
||||
#~ " after pairing with the device "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send "
|
||||
#~ "file` to open the file sending "
|
||||
#~ "dialog. Then select the device you "
|
||||
#~ "want to send a file to. Press "
|
||||
#~ "the button with the upward pointing "
|
||||
#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of "
|
||||
#~ "which files to transfer."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita"
|
||||
@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with "
|
||||
"trojita."
|
||||
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method "
|
||||
"with Trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
|
||||
"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
|
||||
"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
|
||||
"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your "
|
||||
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion "
|
||||
"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your "
|
||||
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption "
|
||||
"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
|
||||
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access "
|
||||
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to "
|
||||
"send to the email server."
|
||||
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access "
|
||||
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which "
|
||||
"username to send to the email server."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
|
||||
@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the "
|
||||
"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages "
|
||||
"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
|
||||
"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
|
||||
"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
|
||||
" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
|
||||
"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
|
||||
"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
|
||||
"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Send` button."
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to "
|
||||
"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. "
|
||||
"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose "
|
||||
"Mail --> Edit Draft...`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in"
|
||||
"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in"
|
||||
" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
|
||||
"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
|
||||
"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
|
||||
"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
|
||||
"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
|
||||
"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
|
||||
"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
|
||||
" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
|
||||
"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
|
||||
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab."
|
||||
"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
|
||||
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes "
|
||||
"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita"
|
||||
" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the "
|
||||
"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita."
|
||||
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita."
|
||||
" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
|
||||
" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
|
||||
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`."
|
||||
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To "
|
||||
"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field "
|
||||
"to select the number of days."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
|
||||
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key."
|
||||
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a"
|
||||
" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
|
||||
"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from "
|
||||
"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show"
|
||||
" you information about each different email you have received. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what "
|
||||
"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending "
|
||||
"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent "
|
||||
"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email "
|
||||
"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an "
|
||||
"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it "
|
||||
"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
|
||||
"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
|
||||
"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
|
||||
"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
|
||||
"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
|
||||
"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
|
||||
"Descending`."
|
||||
"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
|
||||
"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
|
||||
"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
|
||||
" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
|
||||
" dialog to save the changes."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` "
|
||||
"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the "
|
||||
"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which"
|
||||
" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column "
|
||||
"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the "
|
||||
"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View "
|
||||
"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again "
|
||||
"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the "
|
||||
"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you"
|
||||
" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send "
|
||||
"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no "
|
||||
"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the"
|
||||
" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap "
|
||||
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system "
|
||||
"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom "
|
||||
"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita "
|
||||
"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. "
|
||||
"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and "
|
||||
"have the number of unread messages on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or "
|
||||
"run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "run trojita from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you"
|
||||
#~ " cannot access your email that way"
|
||||
#~ " with trojita."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To use trojita you will need to"
|
||||
#~ " input your account information. You "
|
||||
#~ "will need to type in your name "
|
||||
#~ "so people know what call you and"
|
||||
#~ " the email address so trojita needs"
|
||||
#~ " to know what address to get "
|
||||
#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab "
|
||||
#~ "haas settings for how to get "
|
||||
#~ "messages to your machine. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind"
|
||||
#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing"
|
||||
#~ " your mail as needed for your "
|
||||
#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field"
|
||||
#~ " is where you input what server "
|
||||
#~ "to get your email from. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network"
|
||||
#~ " port to access the server on. "
|
||||
#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which"
|
||||
#~ " username to send to the email "
|
||||
#~ "server."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To send an email to someone press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap "
|
||||
#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. "
|
||||
#~ "Then you will bring up a compose"
|
||||
#~ " mail window. Type the email address"
|
||||
#~ " of the person you want to type"
|
||||
#~ " the address where it says "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your"
|
||||
#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line."
|
||||
#~ " In the main part of the "
|
||||
#~ "message called the body is where "
|
||||
#~ "you will add most of your message."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to attach a file"
|
||||
#~ " to your email press the button "
|
||||
#~ "with the paperclip on it that says"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message"
|
||||
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your messages on trojita "
|
||||
#~ "to see new messages you have "
|
||||
#~ "recieved in your inbox left click "
|
||||
#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the"
|
||||
#~ " center of the window will show "
|
||||
#~ "a list of all messages in your "
|
||||
#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in"
|
||||
#~ " bold. To view a message left "
|
||||
#~ "click on the title and subject of"
|
||||
#~ " the window and it will appear "
|
||||
#~ "at the bottom. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "open this email in a popup window"
|
||||
#~ " of its own double click the "
|
||||
#~ "message title. If you recieve an "
|
||||
#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip "
|
||||
#~ "will appear on the message and "
|
||||
#~ "click that to download the attachment"
|
||||
#~ " or open it directly. To switch "
|
||||
#~ "from text to html view click the"
|
||||
#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back "
|
||||
#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`"
|
||||
#~ " tab."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Your different folders are on a "
|
||||
#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of"
|
||||
#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder"
|
||||
#~ " such as sent mail to view your"
|
||||
#~ " sent messages left click on the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this "
|
||||
#~ "case. To switch to the drafts "
|
||||
#~ "folder left click where it says "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move to the next unread message"
|
||||
#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to "
|
||||
#~ "move to the previous message press "
|
||||
#~ "the :kbd:`p` key."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To reply to a message to just "
|
||||
#~ "the person that sent it press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To"
|
||||
#~ " forward an email to someone else "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To manually check for new messages "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new "
|
||||
#~ "messages`. To hide read messages "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`"
|
||||
#~ " and uncheck this to see read "
|
||||
#~ "messages again. To view newest messages"
|
||||
#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->"
|
||||
#~ " Sorting --> Descending`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch an address book of saved"
|
||||
#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address "
|
||||
#~ "Book`. To add a new message to "
|
||||
#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. "
|
||||
#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe "
|
||||
#~ "click on the fields which are all"
|
||||
#~ " optional. If you press the X "
|
||||
#~ "button and have changes you will "
|
||||
#~ "bring up a dialog to save the "
|
||||
#~ "changes."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch trojita from the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the"
|
||||
#~ " icon that looks like an envolope "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
|
||||
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
|
||||
"clients."
|
||||
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent"
|
||||
" clients."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "This chapter documents how to use "
|
||||
#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
|
||||
#~ "clients."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are "
|
||||
"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used "
|
||||
"files."
|
||||
"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In "
|
||||
"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and "
|
||||
"your recently used files."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main "
|
||||
"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file "
|
||||
"dialog are along the left hand column."
|
||||
"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main "
|
||||
"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To "
|
||||
"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left "
|
||||
"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular "
|
||||
"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from"
|
||||
" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the "
|
||||
"template you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
|
||||
"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc."
|
||||
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you "
|
||||
"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
|
||||
"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc."
|
||||
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you "
|
||||
"want to switch to."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will "
|
||||
"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
|
||||
"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button."
|
||||
"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to "
|
||||
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To"
|
||||
" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar "
|
||||
"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18
|
||||
msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a "
|
||||
"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before "
|
||||
"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch "
|
||||
"libreoffice or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch "
|
||||
"LibreOffice or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper"
|
||||
" with a folded right hand corner."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ " libreoffice from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full "
|
||||
#~ "office suite. In the menu there "
|
||||
#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "applications and your recently used "
|
||||
#~ "files."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a recently used file in"
|
||||
#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the"
|
||||
#~ " main part of the window. To "
|
||||
#~ "open a program or to create a "
|
||||
#~ "file from a file dialog are along"
|
||||
#~ " the left hand column."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice all of the different "
|
||||
#~ "components have a window menu that "
|
||||
#~ "lets you switch between a document "
|
||||
#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "calc. To do this go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window"
|
||||
#~ " that you want to switch to."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without "
|
||||
#~ "saving your work libreoffice will "
|
||||
#~ "automatically recover the document. If "
|
||||
#~ "you do not want to recover a "
|
||||
#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button."
|
||||
#~ " If you want to automatically recover"
|
||||
#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`"
|
||||
#~ " button."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or "
|
||||
#~ "run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
|
||||
@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
|
||||
" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
|
||||
" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
|
||||
"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse "
|
||||
"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order "
|
||||
"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in "
|
||||
"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing"
|
||||
" upwards."
|
||||
"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag"
|
||||
" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in "
|
||||
"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going "
|
||||
"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and "
|
||||
"an arrow pointing upwards."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file "
|
||||
"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
|
||||
"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
|
||||
"Documents`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces "
|
||||
"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control "
|
||||
":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or"
|
||||
" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut"
|
||||
" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If "
|
||||
"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + "
|
||||
"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button "
|
||||
"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press"
|
||||
" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a "
|
||||
"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the "
|
||||
"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted "
|
||||
"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
|
||||
"Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the"
|
||||
" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The "
|
||||
"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, "
|
||||
"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the "
|
||||
"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type "
|
||||
"you want."
|
||||
"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to "
|
||||
"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> "
|
||||
"Number`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
|
||||
" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column"
|
||||
" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If "
|
||||
"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. "
|
||||
"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and "
|
||||
"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on "
|
||||
"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
|
||||
"delete rows."
|
||||
"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function"
|
||||
" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in "
|
||||
"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort"
|
||||
" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right"
|
||||
" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`x` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the "
|
||||
"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories "
|
||||
"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your "
|
||||
"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left "
|
||||
"click on the image and drag the image to where you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to"
|
||||
" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less "
|
||||
"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell"
|
||||
" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly"
|
||||
" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back "
|
||||
"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an "
|
||||
"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To "
|
||||
"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box "
|
||||
"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally "
|
||||
"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release "
|
||||
"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically "
|
||||
"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
|
||||
" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you "
|
||||
"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current "
|
||||
"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To "
|
||||
"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click "
|
||||
"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Delete Column`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the "
|
||||
"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
|
||||
"yourself room."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
|
||||
"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
|
||||
@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Descending`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
|
||||
"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
|
||||
@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"left."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
|
||||
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
|
||||
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
|
||||
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. "
|
||||
"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and "
|
||||
"select the percentage you want."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
|
||||
" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
|
||||
"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
|
||||
"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
|
||||
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each "
|
||||
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each "
|
||||
"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
|
||||
" --> Special Character`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"Libreoffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in"
|
||||
" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the "
|
||||
"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> "
|
||||
"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` "
|
||||
"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56
|
||||
msgid "Charts"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> "
|
||||
"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the "
|
||||
"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type "
|
||||
"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Next` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart "
|
||||
"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on "
|
||||
"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose "
|
||||
"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a "
|
||||
"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends"
|
||||
" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type "
|
||||
"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis "
|
||||
"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid "
|
||||
"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have "
|
||||
"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To "
|
||||
"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display "
|
||||
"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the"
|
||||
" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->"
|
||||
" LibreOffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper "
|
||||
"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat "
|
||||
#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move between cells press the "
|
||||
#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into "
|
||||
#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To "
|
||||
#~ "select cells left click and drag "
|
||||
#~ "to select the cells you want. To"
|
||||
#~ " sum data from cells in the "
|
||||
#~ "cell where you want the sum is "
|
||||
#~ "to press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like Σ character and then drag the"
|
||||
#~ " mouse over the cells you want "
|
||||
#~ "to add. To sort your cells in "
|
||||
#~ "descending order press the button with"
|
||||
#~ " bullet points and an arrow going "
|
||||
#~ "down. To sort in ascending order "
|
||||
#~ "press the button with bullet points "
|
||||
#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need "
|
||||
#~ "to press the button that looks "
|
||||
#~ "like a floppy disk, press the "
|
||||
#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save "
|
||||
#~ "with a different file name "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To "
|
||||
#~ "open a file press the button that"
|
||||
#~ " looks like a brown folder and "
|
||||
#~ "add selct the file you want from"
|
||||
#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Open`. To open a recent document "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To copy data you can right click"
|
||||
#~ " copy, press the button with two "
|
||||
#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control"
|
||||
#~ " + c`. To paste data press "
|
||||
#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit "
|
||||
#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or "
|
||||
#~ "press the botton that is a "
|
||||
#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on"
|
||||
#~ " it. To cut text press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors "
|
||||
#~ "button to cut text. If you want"
|
||||
#~ " to paste your text unformatted press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted "
|
||||
#~ "Text`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert an image press "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get "
|
||||
#~ "to the dialog of how to insert "
|
||||
#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. "
|
||||
#~ "The the first selection is to "
|
||||
#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, "
|
||||
#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, "
|
||||
#~ "or Column and Line chart. To "
|
||||
#~ "change the subtype of graph click "
|
||||
#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like the type you want."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "If you want to insert a new "
|
||||
#~ "column to the left of a column "
|
||||
#~ "right click on the letter for the"
|
||||
#~ " column Insert column left. If you"
|
||||
#~ " want the new column to the "
|
||||
#~ "right is right click on the letter"
|
||||
#~ " and insert column right. If you "
|
||||
#~ "want to delete a column right "
|
||||
#~ "click on the letter and delete "
|
||||
#~ "column. To insert a row above the"
|
||||
#~ " current row right click on the "
|
||||
#~ "number and insert row above. To "
|
||||
#~ "insert a row below the current row"
|
||||
#~ " right click on the number and "
|
||||
#~ "insert row below. To delte a row"
|
||||
#~ " right click the number delete rows."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the size of a row "
|
||||
#~ "or colum of cells click in between"
|
||||
#~ " the border of that particular row"
|
||||
#~ " or column and drag with the "
|
||||
#~ "mouse to give yourself room."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To zoom to view a full page "
|
||||
#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire "
|
||||
#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of"
|
||||
#~ " your page on the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page "
|
||||
#~ "Width`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in "
|
||||
#~ "the same file press the button on"
|
||||
#~ " the bottom that looks like a "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
|
||||
#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each"
|
||||
#~ " sheet perss the button on each "
|
||||
#~ "sheet at the bottom near the "
|
||||
#~ "button to add a new sheet."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert a special character not "
|
||||
#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->"
|
||||
#~ " Special Character`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
|
||||
#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4
|
||||
msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
|
||||
msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
|
||||
@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "in built themes"
|
||||
msgid "Built in themes"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8
|
||||
msgid "sepll check"
|
||||
msgid "Spell check"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
|
||||
msgid "pdf export"
|
||||
msgid "PDF export"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
|
||||
msgid "images"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92
|
||||
msgid "Images"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
|
||||
"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
|
||||
" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where "
|
||||
"it says click to add title."
|
||||
"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
|
||||
"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
|
||||
" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type "
|
||||
"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the "
|
||||
"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog "
|
||||
"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
|
||||
" to add title."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
|
||||
" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
|
||||
@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
|
||||
"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
|
||||
" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
|
||||
"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
|
||||
" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
|
||||
@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
|
||||
"Your prefred layout`."
|
||||
"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
|
||||
"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
|
||||
"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
|
||||
" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
|
||||
@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
|
||||
" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
|
||||
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`."
|
||||
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog "
|
||||
"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose "
|
||||
"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To "
|
||||
"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
|
||||
@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
|
||||
"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
|
||||
@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you "
|
||||
"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you "
|
||||
"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
|
||||
"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for "
|
||||
"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and "
|
||||
"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font "
|
||||
"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
|
||||
"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
|
||||
"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
|
||||
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from "
|
||||
"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
|
||||
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the "
|
||||
"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
|
||||
"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
|
||||
" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
|
||||
@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"changes how much to scale the width of the font."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> "
|
||||
"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for "
|
||||
"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent "
|
||||
"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. "
|
||||
"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After "
|
||||
"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a "
|
||||
"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the "
|
||||
"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To "
|
||||
"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window "
|
||||
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of "
|
||||
"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want "
|
||||
"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to "
|
||||
"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
|
||||
"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`."
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up "
|
||||
"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
"Alt + Down`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
|
||||
"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
|
||||
@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Spacing`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
|
||||
"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
|
||||
"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
|
||||
"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
|
||||
"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
|
||||
"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box."
|
||||
"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +"
|
||||
" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`."
|
||||
"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + "
|
||||
"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next "
|
||||
"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result "
|
||||
"press the upward pointing arrow."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
|
||||
"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
|
||||
"drag to resize to the desired size."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
|
||||
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
|
||||
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
|
||||
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
|
||||
"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
|
||||
"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
|
||||
"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
|
||||
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
|
||||
"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide "
|
||||
"Number`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
|
||||
"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
|
||||
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
|
||||
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
|
||||
"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in "
|
||||
"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel "
|
||||
"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To "
|
||||
"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide"
|
||||
" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
|
||||
"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
|
||||
"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
|
||||
"which has many different options."
|
||||
"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling "
|
||||
"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To "
|
||||
"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print "
|
||||
"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom "
|
||||
"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To "
|
||||
"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to"
|
||||
" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a "
|
||||
"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bottom`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` "
|
||||
"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a"
|
||||
" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different "
|
||||
"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what "
|
||||
"your current background color of the slide is shown under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under "
|
||||
":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the "
|
||||
"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. "
|
||||
":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the "
|
||||
"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To "
|
||||
"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your"
|
||||
" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To "
|
||||
"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture "
|
||||
"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to"
|
||||
" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` "
|
||||
"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. "
|
||||
"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your "
|
||||
"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To"
|
||||
" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the "
|
||||
"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where"
|
||||
" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap"
|
||||
" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can "
|
||||
"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look "
|
||||
"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the"
|
||||
" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap "
|
||||
"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press "
|
||||
"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on "
|
||||
"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern "
|
||||
"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground "
|
||||
"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down "
|
||||
"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by"
|
||||
" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To choose a series of lines as your background press the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it"
|
||||
" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines "
|
||||
"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of "
|
||||
"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a "
|
||||
"particular background color of your background check the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background"
|
||||
" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. "
|
||||
"To change your slides to be transparent click the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how "
|
||||
"transparent to make it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
|
||||
"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
|
||||
@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"end`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
|
||||
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
|
||||
"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
|
||||
"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
|
||||
"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
|
||||
"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
|
||||
"right click previous."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
|
||||
"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
|
||||
"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
|
||||
" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
|
||||
"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
|
||||
"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
|
||||
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
|
||||
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
|
||||
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the "
|
||||
"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom "
|
||||
"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally "
|
||||
"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to "
|
||||
"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
|
||||
" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will"
|
||||
" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click"
|
||||
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a"
|
||||
" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save "
|
||||
"...`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the "
|
||||
"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to "
|
||||
"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the "
|
||||
"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side "
|
||||
"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change"
|
||||
" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the "
|
||||
"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select"
|
||||
" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image "
|
||||
"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate "
|
||||
"or Flip --> Horizontally`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of"
|
||||
" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to "
|
||||
"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to "
|
||||
"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one"
|
||||
" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102
|
||||
msgid "Slideshows/Presentations"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV "
|
||||
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First "
|
||||
"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit "
|
||||
"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the "
|
||||
"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a "
|
||||
"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
|
||||
"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the "
|
||||
":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show "
|
||||
"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press"
|
||||
" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or "
|
||||
"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat "
|
||||
"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle "
|
||||
"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse "
|
||||
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` "
|
||||
"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the "
|
||||
":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
|
||||
msgid "How To launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114
|
||||
msgid "How To Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
|
||||
"or run"
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice Impress` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a "
|
||||
"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "loimpress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "in built themes"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "sepll check"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "pdf export"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "images"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
|
||||
#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
|
||||
#~ " templete with a preview select which"
|
||||
#~ " one you want to use by left"
|
||||
#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`."
|
||||
#~ " To add a title to a slide "
|
||||
#~ "click where it says click to add"
|
||||
#~ " title."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
|
||||
#~ "have been working on press the "
|
||||
#~ "button that looks like a folder "
|
||||
#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
|
||||
#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
|
||||
#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently "
|
||||
#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your "
|
||||
#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
|
||||
#~ " like a floppy disk or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save "
|
||||
#~ "a new copy under a custom file "
|
||||
#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. "
|
||||
#~ "To save a file as a pdf "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the layout of your slide"
|
||||
#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your"
|
||||
#~ " prefred layout`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To increaase your font size press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format"
|
||||
#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To "
|
||||
#~ "decrease your font size press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format"
|
||||
#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To "
|
||||
#~ "make text superscript select it and "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
|
||||
#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript "
|
||||
#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + "
|
||||
#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format "
|
||||
#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To spell check your presentation press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
|
||||
#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print "
|
||||
#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> "
|
||||
#~ "Print`. To open up your printer "
|
||||
#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer "
|
||||
#~ "Settings`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize"
|
||||
#~ " the character or your text "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the "
|
||||
#~ "font family for your text. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can "
|
||||
#~ "select the of your font. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
|
||||
#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` "
|
||||
#~ "tab has even more effects for "
|
||||
#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font "
|
||||
#~ "Label` changes your font color. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make "
|
||||
#~ "a style for how to draw lines "
|
||||
#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline "
|
||||
#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu"
|
||||
#~ " to choose what color to draw a"
|
||||
#~ " line over something. The "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your "
|
||||
#~ "text. To have many different "
|
||||
#~ "strikethrough effects to your text "
|
||||
#~ "select the one you want from "
|
||||
#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To "
|
||||
#~ "change whether the font appears to "
|
||||
#~ "be sunken or raised from the "
|
||||
#~ "presentation use the menu for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you "
|
||||
#~ "want your text underlined choose an "
|
||||
#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu."
|
||||
#~ " To change the color of your "
|
||||
#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`"
|
||||
#~ " menu. To have effects with how "
|
||||
#~ "your is vertically with the rest "
|
||||
#~ "of the line select the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your "
|
||||
#~ "text superscript press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your"
|
||||
#~ " text subscript press the "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for "
|
||||
#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much "
|
||||
#~ "to scale the width of the font."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your "
|
||||
#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->"
|
||||
#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered"
|
||||
#~ " list for your points "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered"
|
||||
#~ " Lists`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To move settings with a box of "
|
||||
#~ "text left click on the border of"
|
||||
#~ " the box of text. To move the"
|
||||
#~ " text box click and drag on the"
|
||||
#~ " border. To resize both vertical and"
|
||||
#~ " horizontal size together left click "
|
||||
#~ "on the corner and resize the text"
|
||||
#~ " box. To resize how tall the "
|
||||
#~ "text box is click the box at "
|
||||
#~ "the top or bottom and drag to "
|
||||
#~ "the desired size. To resize the "
|
||||
#~ "horizontal size only select the box "
|
||||
#~ "on a veritcal size of the box."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Find` to search for text. To find"
|
||||
#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control "
|
||||
#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find"
|
||||
#~ " and Replace`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To insert an image click "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag "
|
||||
#~ "your image to where you want it"
|
||||
#~ " left click and drag the mouse "
|
||||
#~ "to where you want the image. To"
|
||||
#~ " resize the image without distorting "
|
||||
#~ "it click one of the boxes on "
|
||||
#~ "the corner and resize to the size"
|
||||
#~ " you wish. If you want to "
|
||||
#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
|
||||
#~ " replace an image right click the "
|
||||
#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring"
|
||||
#~ " a file picker up to pick a "
|
||||
#~ "new image. To crop an image right"
|
||||
#~ " click on the image and select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image "
|
||||
#~ "out of a presentation right click "
|
||||
#~ "on the image and select "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To change the zoom of you "
|
||||
#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->"
|
||||
#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to"
|
||||
#~ " manage your zoom. If you just "
|
||||
#~ "want to zoom to fit the page "
|
||||
#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
|
||||
#~ "Page Width`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "On the left there is a panel "
|
||||
#~ "showing what slides you currently have"
|
||||
#~ " in left side of the window. To"
|
||||
#~ " insert a new slide right click "
|
||||
#~ "on this panel on the left and "
|
||||
#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control"
|
||||
#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on"
|
||||
#~ " the left hand slide right click "
|
||||
#~ "and select delete slide or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To"
|
||||
#~ " create another copy of a slide "
|
||||
#~ "right click and then select duplicate"
|
||||
#~ " slide. To change the type of "
|
||||
#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->"
|
||||
#~ " Your choice of slide here` which "
|
||||
#~ "has many different options."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` "
|
||||
#~ "or the button the looks like a "
|
||||
#~ "tv with a triangle on it or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the"
|
||||
#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow"
|
||||
#~ " from the current slide press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow"
|
||||
#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To"
|
||||
#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To"
|
||||
#~ " get to the next slide of the"
|
||||
#~ " slideshow left click or press the"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to"
|
||||
#~ " a previous slide in presentation "
|
||||
#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` "
|
||||
#~ "or right click previous."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To view your slides right next to"
|
||||
#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide"
|
||||
#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides "
|
||||
#~ "click and hold a slide and drag"
|
||||
#~ " the slide between the slides you "
|
||||
#~ "want to move to. To switch to "
|
||||
#~ "an outline view of just text "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch"
|
||||
#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> "
|
||||
#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your "
|
||||
#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How To launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch go to the menu "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
|
||||
#~ "or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
|
||||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
|
||||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
|
||||
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
|
||||
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
|
||||
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
|
||||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
|
||||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
|
||||
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
|
||||
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on "
|
||||
"Lubuntu."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
|
||||
msgid "Screenshot"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13
|
||||
msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
|
||||
msgid "Usage"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press "
|
||||
"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your "
|
||||
"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`."
|
||||
"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To "
|
||||
"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
|
||||
" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files "
|
||||
":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press"
|
||||
"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press"
|
||||
" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
|
||||
"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
"Cut`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
|
||||
":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid ""
|
||||
"Symbols`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23
|
||||
msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` "
|
||||
"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your"
|
||||
" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to "
|
||||
"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> "
|
||||
"libreoffice math` or run"
|
||||
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30
|
||||
msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27
|
||||
msgid "Version"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28
|
||||
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31
|
||||
msgid "How to Launch"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
|
||||
"LibreOffice Math` or run"
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38
|
||||
msgid ""
|
||||
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece "
|
||||
"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x."
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr ""
|
||||
#~ "line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "Useage"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To save your formula you have "
|
||||
#~ "written in libreoffice math press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Save`. To open a file press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->"
|
||||
#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press"
|
||||
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File "
|
||||
#~ "--> Print`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy "
|
||||
#~ "text from libreoffice math press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
|
||||
#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math "
|
||||
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
|
||||
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo "
|
||||
#~ "a change you have undone press "
|
||||
#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
|
||||
#~ " Redo`."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "How to launch"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid ""
|
||||
#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
|
||||
#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice "
|
||||
#~ "math` or run"
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
#~ msgid "from the command line."
|
||||
#~ msgstr ""
|
||||
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user